| Title: | Fast and Flexible Implementations of Exploratory Factor Analysis Tools |
| Version: | 1.1.0 |
| Description: | Provides a complete workflow for exploratory factor analysis (EFA). It covers data screening and factorability checks, a suite of factor retention criteria for choosing the number of factors, and factor extraction by principal axis factoring, maximum likelihood, unweighted least squares, or diagonally weighted least squares from Pearson, Spearman, Kendall, polychoric, tetrachoric, or two-stage full-information maximum likelihood correlations. A built-in rotation engine offers a range of orthogonal and oblique rotations, and standard errors for loadings and related quantities can be obtained by analytic, robust, or bootstrap methods. Further tools support model averaging across analytic choices, multigroup EFA with factor congruence, EFA on multiply imputed data, Schmid-Leiman transformation, reliability coefficients (including McDonald's omegas), factor score estimation, data simulation, and power analysis. Computationally intensive procedures are implemented in 'C++' for speed. |
| Depends: | R (≥ 4.1.0) |
| License: | GPL-3 |
| Encoding: | UTF-8 |
| LazyData: | true |
| URL: | https://github.com/mdsteiner/EFAtools, https://mdsteiner.github.io/EFAtools/ |
| BugReports: | https://github.com/mdsteiner/EFAtools/issues |
| Imports: | psych, stats, ggplot2 (≥ 3.4.0), cli, Rcpp, future.apply, checkmate, progressr, rlang, clue, lifecycle |
| LinkingTo: | Rcpp, RcppArmadillo, roptim |
| Suggests: | testthat (≥ 3.0.0), future, GPArotation (≥ 2022.4-1), lavaan, lavaan.mi, MASS, mice, nFactors, knitr, rmarkdown, vdiffr, polycor, mnormt, semTools, withr |
| VignetteBuilder: | knitr |
| Config/testthat/edition: | 3 |
| Config/roxygen2/version: | 8.0.0 |
| NeedsCompilation: | yes |
| Packaged: | 2026-08-20 19:53:40 UTC; ma1159938 |
| Author: | Markus Steiner |
| Maintainer: | Markus Steiner <markus.d.steiner@gmail.com> |
| Repository: | CRAN |
| Date/Publication: | 2026-08-21 12:20:02 UTC |
EFAtools: Fast and Flexible Implementations of Exploratory Factor Analysis Tools
Description
Provides a complete workflow for exploratory factor analysis (EFA). It covers data screening and factorability checks, a suite of factor retention criteria for choosing the number of factors, and factor extraction by principal axis factoring, maximum likelihood, unweighted least squares, or diagonally weighted least squares from Pearson, Spearman, Kendall, polychoric, tetrachoric, or two-stage full-information maximum likelihood correlations. A built-in rotation engine offers a range of orthogonal and oblique rotations, and standard errors for loadings and related quantities can be obtained by analytic, robust, or bootstrap methods. Further tools support model averaging across analytic choices, multigroup EFA with factor congruence, EFA on multiply imputed data, Schmid-Leiman transformation, reliability coefficients (including McDonald's omegas), factor score estimation, data simulation, and power analysis. Computationally intensive procedures are implemented in 'C++' for speed.
Author(s)
Maintainer: Markus Steiner markus.d.steiner@gmail.com (ORCID)
Authors:
Markus Steiner markus.d.steiner@gmail.com (ORCID)
Silvia Steiner silvia.steiner.grieder@gmail.com (ORCID)
Other contributors:
William Revelle [contributor]
Max Auerswald [contributor]
Morten Moshagen [contributor]
John Ruscio [contributor]
Brendan Roche [contributor]
Urbano Lorenzo-Seva [contributor]
David Navarro-Gonzalez [contributor]
Johan Braeken [contributor]
Andreas Soteriades [contributor]
See Also
Useful links:
Report bugs at https://github.com/mdsteiner/EFAtools/issues
Convert an "efa_loadings" table to matrix or a matrix to "efa_loadings"
Description
The loadings tables returned by efa_fit() are of class
c("efa_loadings", "LOADINGS"), which prevents applying functions on them.
This function changes their class to "matrix", and changes it back to
"efa_loadings" when done.
Usage
.change_class(x, cl = "matrix")
Arguments
x |
A table of class |
cl |
A character vector with the class to change the table to. Should be
|
Value
A table with the loadings, of class either "efa_loadings" or
"matrix".
Author(s)
Andreas Soteriades
Compute explained variances from loadings
Description
From unrotated loadings compute the communalities and uniquenesses for total variance. Compute explained variances per factor from rotated loadings (and factor intercorrelations Phi if oblique rotation was used).
Usage
.compute_vars(L_unrot, L_rot, Phi = NULL)
Arguments
L_unrot |
matrix. Unrotated factor loadings. |
L_rot |
matrix. Rotated factor loadings. |
Phi |
matrix. Factor intercorrelations. Provide only if oblique rotation is used. |
Value
A matrix with sum of squared loadings, proportion explained variance
from total variance per factor, same as previous but cumulative, Proportion
of explained variance from total explained variance, and same as previous but
cumulative. The three cumulative and common-variance rows are omitted when
L_rot has a single column, where they would only repeat the two above them,
so the result has two rows there and five otherwise.
Internal single-start GPA-consensus engine
Description
Performs a single GPA-consensus run from one starting target. The
multi-start wrapper .gpa_consensus_target() dispatches here.
Usage
.consensus_target_procrustes_single(
unrotated_list,
init_targets = NULL,
rotation = c("orthogonal", "oblique"),
start = 1,
tol = 0.001,
loss_tol = 1e-06,
loss_patience = 5,
convergence = c("either", "target", "loss", "both"),
min_iter = 2,
max_iter = 200,
alpha = 1,
match_target = TRUE,
hyper_cutoff = 0.15,
verbose = FALSE
)
Arguments
unrotated_list |
List of unrotated loading matrices to be aligned. All matrices must be numeric, finite, and have identical dimensions. |
init_targets |
Optional list of starting target matrices. These are
typically rotated loading matrices from the corresponding analyses. If
|
rotation |
Character string, either |
start |
Either a single integer selecting an element of |
tol |
Positive relative Frobenius-norm convergence tolerance for the outer target update. |
loss_tol |
Positive tolerance for the relative change in the outer
consensus loss. If |
loss_patience |
Positive integer. Number of consecutive iterations with
relative loss change below |
convergence |
Character string controlling the stopping rule. |
min_iter |
Non-negative integer. Minimum number of outer iterations before convergence can be declared. |
max_iter |
Positive integer. Maximum number of outer consensus iterations. |
alpha |
Damping factor for the target update. |
match_target |
Logical. If |
hyper_cutoff |
Non-negative cutoff used by |
verbose |
Logical; if |
Extract a list object by its name
Description
Consider a list of named sub-lists. This function extracts, for each sub-list,
the sub-list element that is specified by the user. This function is useful
for extracting results from efa_fit() for each imputation in
efa_mi().
Usage
.extract_list_object(alist, object)
Arguments
alist |
A list of sub-lists, typically a list of |
object |
String of length 1. The name of the object to extract e.g.
|
Value
A list of length m, with each element containing the extracted
object for the kth element (k = 1,..., m).
Author(s)
Andreas Soteriades
Compute number of non-matching indicator-to-factor correspondences
Description
Compute number of non-matching indicator-to-factor correspondences
Usage
.factor_corres(x, y, thresh = 0.3)
Arguments
x |
numeric matrix. A matrix of pattern coefficients. |
y |
numeric matrix. A second matrix of coefficients. |
thresh |
numeric. The threshold to classify a pattern coefficient as substantial. |
Generalized Procrustes Analysis consensus target across loading matrices
Description
Internal helper that constructs a Generalized Procrustes Analysis (GPA)
consensus target across a list of loading matrices and returns the aligned
loadings, the centroid target, and convergence diagnostics. Used by
efa_mi() under target_method = "consensus" to build a common
rotation target across imputations. Oblique rotations are not supported
here: the iteration is degenerate for oblique transforms with more than
one factor (cf. Lorenzo-Seva & Van Ginkel 2016, who use a Promin step on
top of the centroid rather than iterated oblique Procrustes); callers
should pass the unrotated solutions of an orthogonal rotation, or use
target_method = "first_target".
Usage
.gpa_consensus_target(
unrotated_list,
init_targets = NULL,
rotation = c("orthogonal", "oblique"),
start = 1,
multi_start = FALSE,
starts = NULL,
tol = 0.001,
loss_tol = 1e-06,
loss_patience = 5,
convergence = c("either", "target", "loss", "both"),
min_iter = 2,
max_iter = 200,
alpha = 1,
match_target = TRUE,
hyper_cutoff = 0.15,
verbose = FALSE
)
Arguments
unrotated_list |
List of unrotated loading matrices to be aligned. All matrices must be numeric, finite, and have identical dimensions. |
init_targets |
Optional list of starting target matrices. These are
typically rotated loading matrices from the corresponding analyses. If
|
rotation |
Character string, either |
start |
Either a single integer selecting an element of |
multi_start |
Logical. If |
starts |
Integer vector selecting elements of |
tol |
Positive relative Frobenius-norm convergence tolerance for the outer target update. |
loss_tol |
Positive tolerance for the relative change in the outer
consensus loss. If |
loss_patience |
Positive integer. Number of consecutive iterations with
relative loss change below |
convergence |
Character string controlling the stopping rule. |
min_iter |
Non-negative integer. Minimum number of outer iterations before convergence can be declared. |
max_iter |
Positive integer. Maximum number of outer consensus iterations. |
alpha |
Damping factor for the target update. |
match_target |
Logical. If |
hyper_cutoff |
Non-negative cutoff used by |
verbose |
Logical; if |
Details
The iteration alternates two steps:
each loading matrix is aligned to the current target with
efa_procrustes();the target is updated to the elementwise centroid of the aligned matrices.
The outer loop stops when the target stabilises, when the consensus loss stabilises, or when both criteria are satisfied.
If multi_start = FALSE, one consensus run is performed. If
multi_start = TRUE, the same engine is repeated for the selected starting
targets and the run with the smallest final mean loss is returned as the
main result; all runs and a between-run congruence summary are retained in
the multi_start component.
Value
A list with the converged target, aligned matrices, pooled loadings,
pooled Phi, convergence history, inner-alignment diagnostics, and
hyperplane summaries. If multi_start = TRUE, the multi_start element also
contains the per-start losses, convergence indicators, run summaries, all
run objects, and between-run Tucker congruence matrices.
References
Gower, J. C. (1975). Generalized Procrustes analysis. Psychometrika, 40, 33-51.
Van Ginkel, J. R., & Kroonenberg, P. M. (2014). Using Generalized Procrustes Analysis for Multiple Imputation in Principal Component Analysis. Journal of Classification, 31, 242-269.
Lorenzo-Seva, U., & Van Ginkel, J. R. (2016). Multiple Imputation of missing values in exploratory factor analysis of multidimensional scales: estimating latent trait scores. Anales de Psicologia, 32, 596-608.
Oblique Procrustes target rotation using a k x k inner objective
Description
Compute an oblique target rotation for a loading matrix using a
targetQ-compatible parameterization and a k x k objective.
Usage
.oblique_procrustes(
A,
B,
S_r = NULL,
T_init_r = NULL,
eps = 1e-05,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
normalize = FALSE,
random_starts = 0L,
screen_keep = 2L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
A |
Numeric matrix. Loading matrix to be rotated. |
B |
Numeric matrix. Target loading matrix with the same dimensions as
|
S_r |
Optional numeric |
T_init_r |
Optional numeric |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of full projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random starts. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The rotated loading matrix is defined as
L = A %*% solve(t(T)), and the corresponding factor correlation matrix is
Phi = t(T) %*% T. The optimization is carried out over the transformation
matrix T under the oblique normalization constraint diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1.
Non-invertible candidate transformations are rejected rather than evaluated through a pseudo-inverse.
Additional random starts may be requested. To reduce runtime, the solver uses
a two-stage strategy for extra starts: cheap objective screening, followed by
short triage optimization, followed by full optimization only for starts that
improve on the current incumbent by at least triage_improve_tol.
The routine is intended for repeated oblique target rotations in workflows
such as bootstrap alignment or consensus alignment of exploratory factor
solutions across multiply imputed datasets. It follows the same oblique
transformation convention as GPArotation::targetQ().
Value
A named list containing the rotated loadings, transformation matrix, factor correlation matrix, target criterion value, convergence diagnostics, line-search diagnostics, and multi-start summaries.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Browne, M. W. (2001). An overview of analytic rotation in exploratory factor analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 111-150.
Batched oblique Procrustes target rotation over a cube of loading matrices
Description
Align each slice of a loading-matrix cube to a single shared target using the
same oblique target rotation as .oblique_procrustes(), in one call. This
removes the per-replicate marshalling overhead of looping efa_procrustes() in R
over bootstrap or multiple-imputation arrays.
Usage
.oblique_procrustes_batch(
A,
B,
eps = 1e-05,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
normalize = FALSE,
random_starts = 0L,
screen_keep = 2L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
A |
Numeric array of dimension |
B |
Numeric |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of full projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random starts per slice. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
Each slice A[, , i] is aligned to B. For a single-factor cube the alignment
reduces to the closed-form sign match T = sign(crossprod(A_i, B)) with factor
correlation 1, matching the one-factor short-circuit in efa_procrustes(). For
two or more factors the slice is warm-started from the closed-form orthogonal
Procrustes solution (mirroring efa_procrustes()) and optimized with the same
multi-start oblique solver as .oblique_procrustes(). Random starts are drawn
serially with R::rnorm in the calling process.
Slices are aligned independently. A slice that cannot be aligned (a non-finite
loading matrix, a failed warm-start decomposition, an invalid fit, or any
linear-algebra exception) is reported with valid = FALSE and NA for the
loadings, factor correlations, and all other per-slice diagnostics, rather than
aborting the whole call, so one degenerate replicate does not discard the rest.
Value
A named list with the aligned-loadings array loadings (n x m x b),
the factor-correlation array Phi (m x m x b), and the per-slice
diagnostics valid, convergence, value, iterations, and
line_search_failed.
Closed-form orthogonal Procrustes rotation
Description
Rotate A to the orthogonal target B by minimizing
||A %*% T - B||_F^2 subject to t(T) %*% T = I.
Usage
.orthogonal_procrustes(A, B)
Arguments
A |
Numeric matrix to be rotated. |
B |
Numeric target matrix with the same dimensions as |
Value
A list with the rotated loadings, orthogonal transformation matrix, target criterion value, and basic diagnostics.
References
Schoenemann, P. H. (1966). A generalized solution of the orthogonal Procrustes problem. Psychometrika, 31, 1-10.
Perform the iterative PAF procedure
Description
Function called from within PAF so usually no call to this is needed by the user. Provides a C++ implementation of the PAF procedure
Usage
.paf_iter(h2, criterion, R, n_fac, abs_eig, crit_type, max_iter)
Arguments
h2 |
numeric. The initial communality estimates. |
criterion |
double. The convergence criterion to use. |
R |
matrix. The correlation matrix with the initial communality estimates in the diagonal. |
n_fac |
numeric. The number of factors to extract. |
abs_eig |
logical. Whether absolute eigenvalues should be used to compute the loadings. |
crit_type |
numeric. Whether maximum absolute differences (crit_type = 1), or sum of differences (crit_type = 2) should be used |
max_iter |
numeric. The number of iterations after which to end the procedure if no convergence has been reached by then. |
Parallel analysis on simulated data.
Description
Function called from within efa_parallel() so usually no call to this is needed by the user. Provides a C++ implementation of the efa_parallel() simulation procedure
Usage
.parallel_sim(n_datasets, n_vars, N, eigen_type, maxit = 10000L)
Arguments
n_datasets |
numeric. Number of datasets with dimensions (N, n_vars) to simulate. |
n_vars |
numeric. Number of variables / indicators in dataset. |
N |
numeric. Number of cases / observations in dataset. |
eigen_type |
numeric. Whether PCA (eigen_type = 1; i.e., leaving diagonal of correlation matrix at 1), SMC (eigen_type = 2; i.e., setting diagonal of correlation matrix to SMCs), or both from the same simulated datasets (eigen_type = 3), in which case the returned matrix holds the PCA eigenvalues in the first n_vars columns and the SMC eigenvalues in the next n_vars. |
maxit |
numeric. Maximum iterations to perform after which to abort. |
Oblique Bentler factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix obliquely under Bentler's invariant pattern simplicity criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the oblique (column-normalized) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_bentler_oblq(
L,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% solve(t(T)) define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the
transformation T on the manifold diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1, projects it onto the tangent
space, performs a non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the manifold by
column normalization. The Bentler criterion measures the departure of the cross-products of
squared loadings from a diagonal pattern; it is prone to local minima, so additional random
starts are recommended.
Additional random starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens each random
start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened starts, and
fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the transformation matrix Th
(with L %*% t(solve(Th)) reproducing the rotated loadings), the factor correlation
matrix Phi (t(Th) %*% Th), the attained criterion value, and the convergence and
validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion value reached
at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bentler, P. M. (1977). Factor simplicity index and transformations. Psychometrika, 42, 277-295.
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Orthogonal Bentler factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix orthogonally under Bentler's invariant pattern simplicity criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the orthogonal (Stiefel) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_bentler_orth(
L,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% T define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the orthogonal
transformation T, projects it onto the tangent space, performs a non-monotone line
search, and retracts back onto the orthogonal group via a polar (singular value) projection.
The Bentler criterion measures the departure of the cross-products of squared loadings from a
diagonal pattern; it is prone to local minima, so additional random starts are recommended.
Additional random orthogonal starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens
each random start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened
starts, and fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the orthogonal rotation matrix Th
(with L %*% Th reproducing the rotated loadings), the attained criterion value, and the
convergence and validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion
value reached at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bentler, P. M. (1977). Factor simplicity index and transformations. Psychometrika, 42, 277-295.
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Oblique bifactor factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix obliquely under the Jennrich-Bentler bifactor criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the oblique (column-normalized) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_bifactor_oblq(
L,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% solve(t(T)) define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the
transformation T on the manifold diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1, projects it onto the tangent
space, performs a non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the manifold by
column normalization. The first factor is treated as a general factor and is exempt from the
penalty; the criterion measures the between-group-factor cross-products of the squared
loadings, so it is minimized when each variable loads on the general factor plus at most one
group factor. The criterion is prone to local minima, so additional random starts are
recommended.
Additional random starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens each random
start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened starts, and
fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the transformation matrix Th
(with L %*% t(solve(Th)) reproducing the rotated loadings), the factor correlation
matrix Phi (t(Th) %*% Th), the attained criterion value, and the convergence and
validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion value reached
at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Jennrich, R. I., & Bentler, P. M. (2011). Exploratory bi-factor analysis. Psychometrika, 76, 537-549.
Orthogonal bifactor factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix orthogonally under the Jennrich-Bentler bifactor criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the orthogonal (Stiefel) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_bifactor_orth(
L,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% T define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the orthogonal
transformation T, projects it onto the tangent space, performs a non-monotone line
search, and retracts back onto the orthogonal group via a polar (singular value) projection.
The first factor is treated as a general factor and is exempt from the penalty; the criterion
measures the between-group-factor cross-products of the squared loadings, so it is minimized
when each variable loads on the general factor plus at most one group factor. The criterion is
prone to local minima, so additional random starts are recommended.
Additional random orthogonal starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens
each random start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened
starts, and fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the orthogonal rotation matrix Th
(with L %*% Th reproducing the rotated loadings), the attained criterion value, and the
convergence and validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion
value reached at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Jennrich, R. I., & Bentler, P. M. (2011). Exploratory bi-factor analysis. Psychometrika, 76, 537-549.
Orthogonal Crawford-Ferguson factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix orthogonally under the Crawford-Ferguson criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the orthogonal (Stiefel) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_cf_orth(
L,
kappa,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
kappa |
Numeric scalar in |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% T define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the orthogonal
transformation T, projects it onto the tangent space, performs a
non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the orthogonal group via a
polar (singular value) projection. kappa = 0 is the quartimax criterion and
kappa = ncol(A) / (2 * nrow(A)) is the equamax criterion.
Additional random orthogonal starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver
screens each random start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the
best-screened starts, and fully optimizes only those that improve on the current
incumbent by at least triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the orthogonal rotation matrix Th
(with L %*% Th reproducing the rotated loadings), the attained criterion value, and
the convergence and validity flags. The list additionally reports the
criterion value reached at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Crawford, C. B., & Ferguson, G. A. (1970). A general rotation criterion and its use in orthogonal rotation. Psychometrika, 35, 321-332.
Oblique geomin factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix obliquely under the geomin criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the oblique (column-normalized) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_geomin_oblq(
L,
delta = 0.01,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
delta |
Numeric scalar. The geomin offset added to the squared loadings; must be a
positive finite scalar. |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% solve(t(T)) define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the
transformation T on the manifold diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1, projects it onto the tangent
space, performs a non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the manifold by
column normalization. The geomin criterion sums the per-variable geometric mean of the
squared loadings offset by delta; it is prone to local minima, so additional random
starts are recommended.
Additional random starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens each random
start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened starts, and
fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the transformation matrix Th
(with L %*% t(solve(Th)) reproducing the rotated loadings), the factor correlation
matrix Phi (t(Th) %*% Th), the attained criterion value, and the convergence and
validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion value reached
at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Browne, M. W. (2001). An overview of analytic rotation in exploratory factor analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 111-150.
Orthogonal geomin factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix orthogonally under the geomin criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the orthogonal (Stiefel) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_geomin_orth(
L,
delta = 0.01,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
delta |
Numeric scalar. The geomin offset added to the squared loadings; must be a
positive finite scalar. |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% T define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the orthogonal
transformation T, projects it onto the tangent space, performs a non-monotone
line search, and retracts back onto the orthogonal group via a polar (singular value)
projection. The geomin criterion sums the per-variable geometric mean of the squared
loadings offset by delta; it is prone to local minima, so additional random starts are
recommended.
Additional random orthogonal starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens
each random start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened
starts, and fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at least
triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the orthogonal rotation matrix Th
(with L %*% Th reproducing the rotated loadings), the attained criterion value, and the
convergence and validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion
value reached at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Browne, M. W. (2001). An overview of analytic rotation in exploratory factor analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 111-150.
Oblique oblimin factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix obliquely under the oblimin criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the oblique (column-normalized) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_oblimin(
L,
gam = 0,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1,
screen_keep = 5L,
triage_maxit = 25L,
triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
gam |
Numeric scalar. The oblimin parameter; |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of additional random orthogonal starts. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
screen_keep |
Integer scalar. Number of screened random starts retained for triage optimization. |
triage_maxit |
Integer scalar. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
triage_improve_tol |
Numeric scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% solve(t(T)) define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the
transformation T on the manifold diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1, projects it onto the tangent
space, performs a non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the manifold
by column normalization. gam = 0 is the quartimin criterion.
Additional random starts may be requested. To bound runtime the solver screens each
random start by its objective, runs a short triage optimization on the best-screened
starts, and fully optimizes only those that improve on the current incumbent by at
least triage_improve_tol.
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the transformation matrix Th
(with L %*% t(solve(Th)) reproducing the rotated loadings), the factor correlation
matrix Phi (t(Th) %*% Th), the attained criterion value, and the convergence and
validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion value reached
at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Jennrich, R. I., & Sampson, P. F. (1966). Rotation for simple loadings. Psychometrika, 31, 313-323.
Oblique simplimax factor rotation
Description
Rotate a loading matrix obliquely under the simplimax criterion using a gradient-projection optimizer along the oblique (column-normalized) manifold.
Usage
.rotate_simplimax_oblq(
L,
k,
eps = 1e-05,
normalize = TRUE,
random_starts = 0L,
maxit = 1000L,
max_line_search = 10L,
step0 = 1
)
Arguments
L |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix (variables by factors). |
k |
Integer scalar. The number of "close-to-zero" loadings the criterion targets; must
be in |
eps |
Numeric scalar. Convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm. Because the
simplimax criterion is only piecewise smooth, the projected gradient need not reach this
tolerance at the optimum; convergence is then reported when the criterion value stalls (the
non-monotone search described above), so |
normalize |
Logical scalar. If |
random_starts |
Integer scalar. Number of random orthogonal starts fully optimized in addition to the identity start. |
maxit |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates per start. |
max_line_search |
Integer scalar. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial trial step in each line-search phase. |
step0 |
Numeric scalar. Initial step size used in the projected-gradient update. |
Details
The criterion value f and its gradient dQ/dL at the rotated loadings
L = A %*% solve(t(T)) define the search; the engine maps the gradient to the
transformation T on the manifold diag(t(T) %*% T) = 1, projects it onto the tangent
space, performs a non-monotone line search, and retracts back onto the manifold by column
normalization. The simplimax criterion sums the k smallest squared loadings, so it is
minimized when the k "close-to-zero" loadings are driven toward zero; the count k is a
tuning parameter. Because the set of k smallest loadings is reselected at every evaluation,
the criterion is only piecewise smooth: its gradient jumps as loadings cross the kth-smallest threshold, so the
line search accepts a step whenever it decreases the largest objective over a short window of
recent iterations (a non-monotone test; Grippo, Lampariello, & Lucidi, 1986), letting the
optimizer step across the kinks where a strictly monotone descent would stall.
The criterion is strongly prone to local minima, so the solver fully optimizes the identity
start together with random_starts random orthogonal starts and keeps the solution with the
lowest criterion value. Fully optimizing every start – rather than the screen-and-triage
strategy used for the smooth criteria, which assumes the rational start lies in the global
basin – is the standard remedy for the local minima of complexity-based rotation criteria
(Kiers, 1994; Browne, 2001).
Value
A named list with the rotated loadings, the transformation matrix Th
(with L %*% t(solve(Th)) reproducing the rotated loadings), the factor correlation
matrix Phi (t(Th) %*% Th), the attained criterion value, and the convergence and
validity flags. The list additionally reports the criterion value reached
at each optimized start in all_values, with a per-start convergence flag in all_converged.
References
Bernaards, C. A., & Jennrich, R. I. (2005). Gradient projection algorithms and software for arbitrary rotation criteria in factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 65, 676-696.
Browne, M. W. (2001). An overview of analytic rotation in exploratory factor analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 111-150.
Grippo, L., Lampariello, F., & Lucidi, S. (1986). A nonmonotone line search technique for Newton's method. SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis, 23, 707-716.
Kiers, H. A. L. (1994). Simplimax: Oblique rotation to an optimal target with simple structure. Psychometrika, 59, 567-579.
Rotation Jacobians for analytic rotation standard errors
Description
Forward-difference the warm-started re-rotation map A -> (rotated loadings, Phi) over the
unrotated loadings A to obtain the rotation Jacobians used by the analytic standard errors for
rotated loadings (se = "information" in efa_fit()). The full nrow(A) * ncol(A) finite-
difference loop runs in compiled code, re-solving the rotation from the converged transformation
T_init at each perturbation; the caller forms J V J' in R.
Usage
.rotation_se_jacobian(
A,
T_init,
method,
param,
normalize,
oblique,
eps,
general_col = 0L
)
Arguments
A |
Numeric matrix. The unrotated loading matrix at the solution. |
T_init |
Numeric matrix. The converged transformation that warm-starts each re-rotation. |
method |
Character scalar. The criterion family: one of |
param |
Numeric scalar. The criterion's tuning argument ( |
normalize |
Logical scalar. Apply Kaiser normalization before rotation and reverse it after. |
oblique |
Logical scalar. Use the oblique (column-normalized) manifold; otherwise orthogonal. |
eps |
Numeric scalar. The forward-difference step on the loadings. |
general_col |
Integer scalar. For |
Value
A named list with the Jacobian J_L (pk x pk), the re-rotated base_loadings, a
validity flag, and – when oblique – the Jacobian J_Phi (k^2 x pk) and base_Phi.
References
Jennrich, R. I. (1973). Standard errors for obliquely rotated factor loadings. Psychometrika, 38, 593-604.
Reference eigenvalues for the efa_nest() simulation via the shared kernel.
Description
Internal helper called from efa_nest(). Simulates nreps datasets from an
(nf - 1)-factor reference model, given that model's loadings Lambda and
uniquenesses Psi, and returns the nf-th largest eigenvalue of each simulated
correlation matrix. The data are drawn with the shared Z * M rule (see
.simulate_cfm_mvn()) using the factor-score square root
M = t([Lambda | diag(sqrt(Psi))]), so a row randn(1, nf - 1 + p) * M is
N(0, Lambda Lambda' + diag(Psi)). Drawing nf - 1 + p standard normals and
post-multiplying by the factor-score matrix is faster than forming the model-
implied correlation matrix and drawing from it, and matches the position at which
efa_nest() reads the reference eigenvalue.
Usage
.simulate_cfm_eigen(nf, N, Lambda, Psi, nreps = 1000L)
Arguments
nf |
integer. Position of the empirical eigenvalue being tested (1-based);
the |
N |
integer. Number of cases / observations per simulated dataset. |
Lambda |
numeric matrix. Loadings of the |
Psi |
numeric vector. Uniquenesses ( |
nreps |
integer. Number of datasets to simulate. |
Draw multivariate-normal data from a population correlation matrix.
Description
Internal helper called from efa_simulate(). Draws N cases from a
p-variate normal with correlation (or covariance) R by post-multiplying a
matrix of standard normal deviates by a matrix square root M of R (with
M' M = R, so the rows of Z * M are N(0, R)). This is the same Z * M rule used by
the NEST reference simulation (.simulate_cfm_eigen): there M is the transposed
factor-score matrix, here it is a Cholesky or eigen square root.
A positive-definite R is factored by Cholesky; a positive-semidefinite but
singular R (which makes the Cholesky fail although it is still a valid
covariance, e.g. a no-factor block or a smoothed factor intercorrelation
matrix) falls back to a symmetric eigen square root.
Usage
.simulate_cfm_mvn(R, N, tol = 1e-08)
Arguments
R |
numeric matrix. Population correlation/covariance matrix. |
N |
integer. Number of cases to draw. |
tol |
numeric. Eigenvalues below |
Tucker congruence between factors
Description
Compute the Tucker congruence matrix between the columns of two loading matrices.
Usage
.tucker_congruence(L1, L2)
Arguments
L1 |
Numeric matrix. |
L2 |
Numeric matrix with the same dimensions as |
Value
A square matrix whose (i, j) entry is the Tucker congruence
between column i of L1 and column j of L2.
References
Lorenzo-Seva, U., and ten Berge, J. M. F. (2006). Tucker's congruence coefficient as a meaningful index of factor similarity. Methodology, 2, 57-64.
Bartlett's test of sphericity
Description
BARTLETT() has been superseded by efa_bartlett(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
BARTLETT(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a correlation matrix is used. |
use |
character. The missing-data policy for raw data. Passed to
|
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
Value
A list of class c("efa_bartlett", "BARTLETT"), identical to the value
of efa_bartlett(); see there for the components.
See Also
Comparison data
Description
CD() has been superseded by efa_cd(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
CD(
x,
n_factors_max = NA,
N_pop = 10000,
N_samples = 500,
alpha = 0.3,
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
max_iter = 50
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data. |
n_factors_max |
numeric. The maximum number of factors to test against. Larger numbers will increase the duration the procedure takes, but test more possible solutions. If left NA (default) the maximum number of factors for which the model is still over-identified (df > 0) is used. |
N_pop |
numeric. Size of finite populations of comparison data. Default is 10000. |
N_samples |
numeric. Number of samples drawn from each population. Default is 500. |
alpha |
numeric. The alpha level used to test the significance of the improvement added by an additional factor. Default is .30. |
cor_method |
character. One of |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of iterations after which the
iterative PAF procedure inside the comparison-data generation is halted; it
does not cap an EFA of |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_cd(); see there for the components.
See Also
Compare two vectors or matrices (communalities or loadings)
Description
COMPARE() has been superseded by efa_compare(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
COMPARE(
x,
y,
reorder = c("congruence", "names", "none"),
corres = TRUE,
thresh = 0.3,
digits = 4,
m_red = 0.001,
range_red = 0.001,
round_red = 3,
print_diff = TRUE,
na.rm = FALSE,
x_labels = c("x", "y"),
plot = TRUE,
plot_red = 0.01
)
Arguments
x |
matrix, or vector. Loadings or communalities of a factor analysis output. |
y |
matrix, or vector. Loadings or communalities of another factor analysis output to compare to x. |
reorder |
character. Whether and how elements / columns should be
reordered. If "congruence" (default), the columns of |
corres |
logical. Whether factor correspondences should be compared if a matrix is entered. Default is TRUE. |
thresh |
numeric. The threshold at or above which a loading is classified as substantial. Default is .3. |
digits |
numeric. Number of decimals to print in the output. Default is 4. |
m_red |
numeric. Number above which the mean and median should be printed in red (i.e., if .001 is used, the mean will be in red if it is larger than .001, otherwise it will be displayed in green.) Default is .001. |
range_red |
numeric. Number above which the min and max should be printed in red (i.e., if .001 is used, min and max will be in red if the max is larger than .001, otherwise it will be displayed in green). Default is .001. Note that the color of min also depends on max, that is min will be displayed in the same color as max. |
round_red |
numeric. The number of agreeing decimals below which the report highlights the agreement in red (i.e., if 3 is used, the value is shown in red when the compared numbers agree to fewer than 3 decimals, otherwise in green). Default is 3. |
print_diff |
logical. Whether the difference vector or matrix should be printed or not. Default is TRUE. |
na.rm |
logical. Whether NAs should be removed from the difference
summaries and factor-correspondence classifications. With |
x_labels |
character. A vector of length two containing identifying
labels for the two objects x and y that will be compared. These will be used
as labels on the x-axis of the plot, and to name the direction of the signed
elementwise differences in the printed report (see |
plot |
|
plot_red |
numeric. Threshold above which to plot the absolute differences in red. Default is .01. |
Value
A list of class c("efa_compare", "COMPARE"), identical to the value
of efa_compare(); see there for the components.
See Also
DOSPERT
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (cormat) of the 40 items of the Domain Specific Risk Taking Scale (DOSPERT; Weber, Blais, & Betz, 2002) and the sample size (N) based on the publicly available dataset at (https://osf.io/rce7g) of the Basel-Berlin Risk Study (Frey et al., 2017). The items measure risk-taking propensity on six different domains: social, recreational, gambling, health/ safety, investment, and ethical.
Usage
DOSPERT
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (40 x 40 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N" (scalar).
- cormat
(matrix) - Bivariate correlations of the 40 DOSPERT items, which span the six risk domains (social, recreational, gambling, health/safety, investment, and ethical).
- N
(numeric) - The sample size the correlations are based on.
Details
The underlying data deposit is licensed under CC BY 4.0 (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode). These correlations are a derivative of it and are attributed to Frey et al. (2017), as the licence requires.
Source
Weber, E. U., Blais, A.-R., & Betz, N. E. (2002). A domain specific risk-attitude scale: Measuring risk perceptions and risk behaviors. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 15(4), 263–290. doi: 10.1002/bdm.414
Frey, R., Pedroni, A., Mata, R., Rieskamp, J., & Hertwig, R. (2017). Risk preference shares the psychometric structure of major psychological traits. Science Advances, 3, e1701381.
DOSPERT_raw
Description
A data.frame containing responses to the risk subscale of the Domain Specific Risk Taking Scale (DOSPERT; Weber, Blais, & Betz, 2002) based on the publicly available dataset (at https://osf.io/pjt57/) by Frey, Duncan, and Weber (2023). The items measure risk-taking propensity on five different domains: social, recreational, financial, health/ safety, and ethical.
Usage
DOSPERT_raw
Format
A data.frame with 3,123 rows (participants) and 30 columns, named by a domain prefix and item number, with six items in each of five risk domains:
- ethR_1 to ethR_6
(numeric) - Ethical-domain risk-taking items.
- finR_1 to finR_6
(numeric) - Financial-domain risk-taking items.
- heaR_1 to heaR_6
(numeric) - Health/safety-domain risk-taking items.
- recR_1 to recR_6
(numeric) - Recreational-domain risk-taking items.
- socR_1 to socR_6
(numeric) - Social-domain risk-taking items.
Source
Blais, A.-R., & Weber, E. U. (2006). A domain-specific risk-taking (DOSPERT) scale for adult populations. Judgment and Decision Making, 1(1), 33–47. doi: 10.1017/S1930297500000334
Frey, R., Duncan, S. M., & Weber, E. U. (2023). Towards a typology of risk preference: Four risk profiles describe two-thirds of individuals in a large sample of the U.S. population. Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 66(1), 1–17. doi:10.1007/s11166-022-09398-5
Exploratory factor analysis (EFA)
Description
EFA() has been superseded by efa_fit(), which is the recommended interface going
forward. efa_fit() keeps the primary choices (data, factors, estimator, rotation,
standard errors) as top-level arguments and collects the estimation and rotation tuning
knobs into two control objects, estimate_control() and rotate_control(). EFA()
remains available and unchanged – its full flat argument list still works exactly as
before – so existing code keeps running.
Usage
EFA(
x,
n_factors,
N = NA,
method = c("PAF", "ML", "ULS", "MINRES", "DWLS"),
rotation = c("none", "varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT",
"bifactorT", "promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ",
"bifactorQ"),
se = c("none", "information", "sandwich", "np-boot"),
type = c("EFAtools", "psych", "SPSS", "none"),
max_iter = NA,
init_comm = NA,
criterion = NA,
criterion_type = NA,
abs_eigen = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
varimax_type = NA,
k = NA,
normalize = TRUE,
p_type = NA,
precision = 1e-05,
order_type = NA,
start_method = "psych",
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra", "fiml"),
b_boot = 1000,
ci = 0.95,
random_starts = 100,
seed = NULL,
P_type = lifecycle::deprecated(),
randomStarts = lifecycle::deprecated(),
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. If raw data is entered, the correlation matrix is found from the data. |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract. Must be at least 1 and
smaller than the number of variables (the common factor model is not identified
otherwise). Use |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a
correlation matrix is used; with raw data,
|
method |
character. The estimator used to fit the EFA; passed to |
rotation |
character. Either perform no rotation ("none"; default), an orthogonal rotation ("varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT", or "bifactorT"), or an oblique rotation ("promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ", or "bifactorQ"). See the Rotations section in Details for their properties and known issues. |
se |
character. Whether and how to compute standard errors (and matching
confidence intervals): "none" (default), "information" (analytic
standard errors from the expected Fisher information of the ML solution), "sandwich"
(robust "sandwich" standard errors from raw data, which stay reliable under
non-normality or a misspecified estimator weight), or "np-boot" (non-parametric
bootstrap). The
methods differ in their assumptions, their data requirements, and which estimator,
rotation, and |
type |
character. If one of "EFAtools" (default), "psych", or "SPSS" is
used, and the following arguments with default NA are left with
NA, these implementations are executed according to the respective program
("psych" and "SPSS") or according to the best solution found in Grieder &
Steiner (2022; "EFAtools"). Individual properties can be adapted using one of
the three types and specifying some of the following arguments. If set to
"none" additional arguments must be specified depending on the |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of iterations to perform after which
the iterative PAF procedure is halted with a warning. If |
init_comm |
character. The method to estimate the initial communalities
in |
criterion |
numeric. The convergence criterion used for PAF.
If the change in communalities from one iteration to the next is smaller than
this criterion the solution is accepted and the procedure ends.
Default is |
criterion_type |
character. Type of convergence criterion used for
PAF. "max_individual" selects the maximum change in any of the
communalities from one iteration to the next and tests it against the
specified criterion. This is also used by SPSS. "sum" takes the difference of
the sum of all communalities in one iteration and the sum of all communalities
in the next iteration and tests this against the criterion. This procedure is
used by the |
abs_eigen |
logical. Which algorithm to use in the PAF
iterations. If FALSE, the loadings are computed from the eigenvalues. This is
also used by the |
use |
character. Passed to |
varimax_type |
character. The type of the varimax rotation performed.
If "svd", singular value decomposition is used, as |
k |
numeric. Either the power used for computing the target matrix P in
the promax rotation or the number of 'close to zero loadings' for the simplimax
rotation. If left to |
normalize |
logical. If |
p_type |
character. This specifies how the target
matrix P is computed in promax rotation. If "unnorm" it will use the
unnormalized target matrix as originally done in Hendrickson and White (1964).
This is also used in the psych and stats packages. If "norm" it will use the
normalized target matrix as used in SPSS. Default is |
precision |
numeric. The tolerance for stopping in the rotation procedure. Default is 10^-5 for all rotation methods. |
order_type |
character. How to order the factors. "eigen" reorders the
factors by descending explained variance; "ss_factors" reorders the factors by
descending (unweighted) sum of squared factor loadings per factor. Default is |
start_method |
character. How to specify the starting values for the
optimization procedure for ML. Default is "psych" which takes the
starting values specified in |
cor_method |
character. How the correlation is computed from raw data:
|
b_boot |
numeric. The number of bootstrap samples to draw. Default is 1000.
Must be at least 2, the smallest number from which a standard error is defined.
Under |
ci |
numeric. The level of the confidence intervals: the percentile intervals from
the bootstrap samples under |
random_starts |
numeric. The number of random starts to use in the rotation to guard against local minima. Default is 100. |
seed |
numeric. An optional seed for the random-number generator. |
P_type, randomStarts |
|
... |
Additional arguments passed to the rotation procedure (e.g., |
Value
The value of efa_fit(), a list of class c("efa", "EFA"); see there for the
components.
See Also
efa_fit(), estimate_control(), rotate_control()
Model averaging across different EFA methods and types
Description
EFA_AVERAGE() has been superseded by efa_average(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
EFA_AVERAGE(
x,
n_factors,
N = NA,
method = "PAF",
rotation = "promax",
type = "none",
averaging = c("mean", "median"),
trim = 0,
salience_threshold = 0.3,
max_iter = 10000,
init_comm = c("smc", "mac", "unity"),
criterion = c(0.001),
criterion_type = c("sum", "max_individual"),
abs_eigen = c(TRUE),
varimax_type = c("svd", "kaiser"),
normalize = TRUE,
k_promax = 2:4,
k_simplimax = ncol(x),
P_type = c("norm", "unnorm"),
precision = 1e-05,
start_method = c("psych", "factanal"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra", "fiml"),
show_progress = TRUE
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. If raw data is entered, the correlation matrix is found from the data. |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a
correlation matrix is used. If input is a correlation matrix and |
method |
character vector. Any combination of |
rotation |
character vector. Either perform no rotation ("none"), any combination of orthogonal rotations ("varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT", and "bifactorT"; using "orthogonal" runs all of these), or of oblique rotations ("promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ", and "bifactorQ"; using "oblique" runs all of these). Rotation types (no rotation, orthogonal rotations, and oblique rotations) cannot be mixed. Default is "promax". |
type |
character vector. Any combination of "none" (default), "EFAtools",
"psych", and "SPSS" can be entered. "none" allows the specification of various
combinations of the arguments controlling both factor extraction methods and
the rotations. The others ("EFAtools", "psych", and "SPSS") take the extraction
and rotation tuning of the respective implementation: this package's default
procedure, the psych package's, and SPSS's. A specific psych implementation
exists for PAF, ML, varimax, and promax. The SPSS implementation exists for
PAF, varimax, and promax. For details, see |
averaging |
character. One of "mean" (default), and "median". Controls whether the different results should be averaged using the (trimmed) mean, or the median. |
trim |
numeric. If averaging is set to "mean", this argument controls
the trimming of extremes (for details see |
salience_threshold |
numeric. The threshold to use to classify a pattern coefficient or loading as salient (i.e., substantial enough to assign it to a factor). Default is 0.3. Indicator-to-factor correspondences will be inferred based on this threshold. Note that this may not be meaningful if rotation = "none" and n_factors > 1 are used, as no simple structure is present there. |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of iterations to perform after which
the iterative PAF procedure is halted with a warning. Default is 10,000. It is
only evaluated for the "PAF" solutions run under |
init_comm |
character vector. Any combination of "smc", "mac", and "unity".
Controls the methods to estimate the initial communalities in |
criterion |
numeric vector. The convergence criterion used for PAF if
"none" is among the specified types.
If the change in communalities from one iteration to the next is smaller than
this criterion the solution is accepted and the procedure ends.
Default is |
criterion_type |
character vector. Any combination of "max_individual" and
"sum". Type of convergence criterion used for PAF if "none" is among the
specified types. "max_individual" selects the maximum change in any of the
communalities from one iteration to the next and tests it against the
specified criterion. "sum" takes the difference of
the sum of all communalities in one iteration and the sum of all communalities
in the next iteration and tests this against the criterion
(for details see |
abs_eigen |
logical vector. Any combination of TRUE and FALSE.
Which algorithm to use in the PAF iterations if "none" is among the specified
types. If FALSE, the loadings are computed from the eigenvalues. This is also
used by the |
varimax_type |
character vector. Any combination of "svd" and "kaiser".
The type of the varimax rotation performed if "none" is among the specified
types and "varimax", "promax", "orthogonal", or "oblique" is among the specified
rotations. "svd" uses singular value decomposition, as
|
normalize |
logical vector. Any combination of TRUE and FALSE.
|
k_promax |
numeric vector. The power used for computing the target matrix
P in the promax rotation if "none" is among the specified types and "promax"
or "oblique" is among the specified rotations. Default is |
k_simplimax |
numeric. The number of 'close to zero loadings' for the
simplimax rotation if "simplimax" or "oblique" is among the specified rotations. Default
is |
P_type |
character vector. Any combination of |
precision |
numeric vector. The tolerance for stopping in the rotation procedure(s). Default is 10^-5. |
start_method |
character vector. Any combination of "psych" and "factanal".
How to specify the starting values for the optimization procedure for ML.
"psych" takes the starting values specified in |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
show_progress |
logical. Whether a progress bar should be shown in the console. Default is TRUE. |
Value
The value of efa_average(), normally a list of class
c("efa_average", "EFA_AVERAGE"); see there for the components.
See Also
Exploratory factor analysis on multiple data imputations
Description
EFA_POOLED() has been superseded by efa_mi(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
EFA_POOLED(
data_list,
p = 0.05,
target_method = c("first_target", "consensus"),
align_unrotated = c("signed_tucker_congruence", "none", "procrustes"),
fit_pool_method = c("D2"),
consensus_args = list(),
procrustes_args = list(),
rmsea_ci_level = 0.9,
rmsr_upper = TRUE,
...
)
Arguments
data_list |
A list of length |
p |
Numeric in |
target_method |
Character. How rotated solutions are aligned across imputations
before pooling: |
align_unrotated |
Character. How unrotated loadings are aligned before pooling:
|
fit_pool_method |
Character. Only |
consensus_args |
List of additional arguments controlling the
GPA-consensus iteration when |
procrustes_args |
List of |
rmsea_ci_level |
Numeric. Confidence level for the RMSEA CI. |
rmsr_upper |
|
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Value
The value of efa_mi(), normally a list of class
c("efa_mi", "EFA_POOLED", "efa", "EFA"); see there for the components.
See Also
Empirical Kaiser criterion
Description
EKC() has been superseded by efa_ekc(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
EKC(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
type = lifecycle::deprecated()
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
type |
|
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_ekc(); see there for the components.
See Also
Estimate factor scores for an EFA model
Description
FACTOR_SCORES() has been superseded by efa_scores(), which is the
recommended interface going forward. It remains available so existing code
keeps working. Note that R2 is now the squared factor-score determinacy of
the requested method: the squared correlation between a factor and the
scores that method produces. For method = "Thurstone" this is each factor's
squared multiple correlation with the observed variables (the value
psych::factor.scores() returns with Grice = TRUE); for every other method
it is smaller, because no estimator correlates more highly with the factor
than the regression estimator does. Earlier versions returned psych's default
Grice = FALSE validity coefficient, so the slot is not comparable across
versions.
A convenience wrapper around efa_scores() that returns factor scores and
weights in a compact list. Factor scores are calculated according to the
specified method if raw data are provided, and only factor weights if a
correlation matrix is provided.
Usage
FACTOR_SCORES(
x,
f,
Phi = NULL,
rho = NULL,
method = c("Thurstone", "tenBerge", "Anderson", "Bartlett", "Harman", "components")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data (needed to get factor scores) or matrix with correlations. |
f |
object of class |
Phi |
matrix. A matrix of factor intercorrelations. Only needs to be
specified if a factor loadings matrix is entered directly into |
rho |
matrix. Correlation matrix used to derive the scoring weights.
Defaults to |
method |
character. The method used to calculate factor scores. One of "Thurstone" (regression-based; default), "tenBerge", "Anderson", "Bartlett", "Harman", or "components". |
Value
A list of class FACTOR_SCORES containing the following:
scores |
The factor scores (only if raw data are provided.) |
weights |
The factor weights. |
r.scores |
The correlations of the factor score estimates. |
missing |
Whether the raw data contained missing values (only if raw data are provided). |
R2 |
The squared factor-score determinacy for each factor: the squared
correlation between a factor and the score the requested |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
See Also
efa_scores() for the factor-score weights together with the full
set of score-quality diagnostics (determinacy, univocality, and Guttman
indeterminacy index) and a print/summary method.
Examples
# Example with raw data with method "Bartlett"
EFA_raw <- efa_fit(DOSPERT_raw, n_factors = 10, estimator = "PAF",
rotation = "oblimin",
rotate_control = rotate_control(random_starts = 1))
fac_scores_raw <- FACTOR_SCORES(DOSPERT_raw, f = EFA_raw, method = "Bartlett")
# Same as above, but with raw data AND a correlation matrix
cor_pearson <- cor(DOSPERT_raw)
EFA_cor_pearson <- efa_fit(cor_pearson, n_factors = 10, N = nrow(DOSPERT_raw),
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "oblimin",
rotate_control = rotate_control(random_starts = 1))
fac_scores_cor_pearson <- FACTOR_SCORES(DOSPERT_raw, f = EFA_cor_pearson,
rho = cor_pearson,
method = "Bartlett")
# Scores between two alternatives above are identical
isTRUE(all.equal(fac_scores_raw$scores, fac_scores_cor_pearson$scores,
check.attributes = FALSE))
# Example with a correlation matrix only (does not return factor scores)
EFA_cor <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "oblimin")
fac_scores_cor <- FACTOR_SCORES(test_models$baseline$cormat, f = EFA_cor)
GRiPS_raw
Description
A data.frame containing responses to the General Risk Propensity Scale (GRiPS, Zhang, Highhouse & Nye, 2018) of 810 participants of Study 1 of Steiner and Frey (2020). The original data can be accessed via https://osf.io/kxp8t/.
Usage
GRiPS_raw
Format
A data.frame with 810 rows (participants) and 8 columns, one per GRiPS item. Each item is a self-report indicator of general risk propensity, labelled by a keyword from the item:
- fun
(numeric) - Risk-taking makes life more fun.
- friends
(numeric) - Friends would describe the respondent as a risk taker.
- enjoy
(numeric) - Enjoyment of taking risks.
- hurt
(numeric) - Willingness to take a risk even if it might hurt.
- part
(numeric) - Risk-taking as an important part of life.
- commonly
(numeric) - Commonly takes risks.
- chances
(numeric) - Belief in taking chances.
- attracted
(numeric) - Attracted, rather than scared, by risk.
Source
Zhang, D. C., Highhouse, S., & Nye, C. D. (2019). Development and validation of the general risk propensity scale (GRiPS). Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 32, 152–167. doi: 10.1002/bdm.2102
Steiner, M., & Frey, R. (2020). Representative design in psychological assessment: A case study using the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART). PsyArXiv Preprint. doi:10.31234/osf.io/dg4ks
Hull method
Description
HULL() has been superseded by efa_hull(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
HULL(
x,
N = NA,
n_fac_theor = NA,
method = c("PAF", "ULS", "ML"),
gof = c("CAF", "CFI", "RMSEA"),
eigen_type = c("SMC", "PCA", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
n_factors = 1,
...
)
Arguments
x |
matrix or data.frame. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. Number of cases in the data. This is passed to efa_parallel. Only has to be specified if x is a correlation matrix, otherwise it is determined based on the dimensions of x. |
n_fac_theor |
numeric. Theoretical number of factors to retain. One plus the larger of this number and the number of factors suggested by efa_parallel is used as the upper bound J of factors to extract in the Hull method. |
method |
character. The estimator to use; passed to |
gof |
character. The goodness of fit index to use. Either |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found in the
parallel analysis. Can be one of |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Must be at
least 1. Default is 1000. This is passed to |
percent |
numeric. The percentile to take from the simulated eigenvalues.
Default is 95. This is passed to |
decision_rule |
character. Which rule to use to determine the number of
factors to retain. Default is |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if |
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_hull(); see there for the components.
See Also
Intelligence subtests from the Intelligence and Development Scales–2
Description
A matrix containing the bivariate correlations of the 14 intelligence subtests from the Intelligence and Development Scales–2 (IDS-2; Grob & Hagmann-von Arx, 2018), an intelligence and development test battery for children and adolescents aged 5 to 20 years, for the standardization and validation sample (N = 1,991). Details can be found in Grieder & Grob (2019).
Usage
IDS2_R
Format
A 14 x 14 matrix of bivariate correlations
- GS
(numeric) - Geometric shapes.
- PL
(numeric) - Plates.
- TC
(numeric) - Two characteristics.
- CB
(numeric) - Crossing out boxes.
- NL
(numeric) - Numbers / letters.
- NLM
(numeric) - Numbers / letter mixed.
- GF
(numeric) - Geometric figures.
- RGF
(numeric) - Rotated geometric figures.
- CM
(numeric) - Completing matrices.
- EP
(numeric) - Excluding pictures.
- CA
(numeric) - Categories.
- OP
(numeric) - Opposites.
- RS
(numeric) - Retelling a story.
- DP
(numeric) - Describing pictures.
Source
Grieder, S., & Grob, A. (2019). Exploratory factor analyses of the intelligence and development scales–2: Implications for theory and practice. Assessment. Advance online publication. doi:10.1177/1073191119845051
Grob, A., & Hagmann-von Arx, P. (2018). Intelligence and Development Scales–2 (IDS-2). Intelligenz- und Entwicklungsskalen für Kinder und Jugendliche. [Intelligence and Development Scales for Children and Adolescents.]. Bern, Switzerland: Hogrefe.
Kaiser-Guttman criterion
Description
KGC() has been superseded by efa_kgc(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
KGC(
x,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors = 1,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "PCA", "SMC", or "EFA", or some combination of them. If using "PCA",
the diagonal values of the correlation matrices are left to be 1. If using
"SMC", the diagonal of the
correlation matrices is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs)
of the indicators. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an exploratory factor analysis
solution (default is principal axis factoring extracting 1 factor) as
diagonal. Default is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_kgc(); see there for the components.
See Also
Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion
Description
KMO() has been superseded by efa_kmo(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
KMO(
x,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
use |
character. The missing-data policy for raw data. Passed to
|
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
Value
A list of class c("efa_kmo", "KMO"), identical to the value of
efa_kmo(); see there for the components.
See Also
Minimum average partial
Description
MAP() has been superseded by efa_map(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
MAP(
x,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
A numeric |
use |
Character string specifying the treatment of missing values when computing correlations.
Passed to |
cor_method |
Character string specifying the correlation coefficient to be computed if raw
data are supplied. One of |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_map(); see there for the components.
See Also
Next eigenvalue sufficiency test
Description
NEST() has been superseded by efa_nest(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
NEST(
x,
N = NA,
alpha = 0.05,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_datasets = 1000,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
alpha |
numeric. The alpha level to use (i.e., 1-alpha percentile of eigenvalues is used for reference values). |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Default is 1000. |
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_nest(); see there for the components.
See Also
Various factor retention criteria
Description
N_FACTORS() has been superseded by efa_retain(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
N_FACTORS(
x,
criteria = c("CD", "EKC", "HULL", "MAP", "NEST", "PARALLEL"),
suitability = TRUE,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors_max = NA,
N_pop = 10000,
N_samples = 500,
alpha = 0.3,
max_iter_CD = 50,
n_fac_theor = NA,
method = c("ML", "PAF", "ULS"),
gof = c("CAF", "CFI", "RMSEA"),
eigen_type_HULL = c("SMC", "PCA", "EFA"),
eigen_type_other = c("SMC"),
n_factors = 1,
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
ekc_type = lifecycle::deprecated(),
n_datasets_nest = 1000,
alpha_nest = 0.05,
show_progress = FALSE,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Raw data, or a correlation matrix. If |
criteria |
character. A vector with the factor retention methods to
perform. Possible inputs are: |
suitability |
logical. Whether the data should be checked for suitability
for factor analysis using Bartlett's test of sphericity and the
Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion (see details). Default is |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors_max |
numeric. Passed to |
N_pop |
numeric. Passed to |
N_samples |
numeric. Passed to |
alpha |
numeric. Passed to |
max_iter_CD |
numeric. Passed to |
n_fac_theor |
numeric. Passed to |
method |
character. The estimator to use in the criteria that fit EFA models;
passed to |
gof |
character. Passed to |
eigen_type_HULL |
character. Passed to |
eigen_type_other |
character. Passed to |
n_factors |
numeric. Passed to |
n_datasets |
numeric. Passed to |
percent |
numeric. Passed to |
decision_rule |
character. Passed to |
ekc_type |
|
n_datasets_nest |
numeric. Passed to |
alpha_nest |
numeric. Passed to |
show_progress |
logical. Whether a progress bar should be shown in the console. Default is FALSE. |
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
A list of class c("efa_retain", "N_FACTORS"), identical to the
value of efa_retain(); see there for the components.
See Also
McDonald's omega
Description
OMEGA() has been superseded by efa_reliability(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
This function finds omega total, hierarchical, and subscale, as well as additional
model-based indices of interpretive relevance (H index, ECV, PUC)
from a Schmid-Leiman (SL) solution or lavaan single factor, second-order (see below),
or bifactor solution. The SL-based omegas can either be found from a
psych::schmid(), efa_schmid_leiman(), or,
in a more flexible way, by leaving
model = NULL and specifying additional arguments. The type argument selects
how variables are assigned to group factors, and can reproduce the assignment
psych::omega() makes.
Usage
OMEGA(
model = NULL,
type = c("EFAtools", "psych"),
g_name = "g",
group_names = NULL,
add_ind = TRUE,
factor_corres = NULL,
var_names = NULL,
fac_names = NULL,
g_load = NULL,
s_load = NULL,
u2 = NULL,
cormat = NULL,
pattern = NULL,
Phi = NULL,
variance = c("correlation", "sums_load")
)
Arguments
model |
class |
type |
character. Either |
g_name |
character. The name of the general factor from the lavaan solution.
This needs only be specified if |
group_names |
character. An optional vector of group names. The length
must correspond to the number of groups for which the |
add_ind |
logical. Whether additional indices (H index, ECV, PUC) should
be calculated or not (see details for these indices). If FALSE, only omegas
are returned. Default is |
factor_corres |
matrix. A logical matrix or a numeric matrix containing 0's and 1's that indicates which variable corresponds to which group factor. Must have the same dimensions as the matrix of group factor loadings from the SL solution. Cross-loadings are allowed here. See examples for use. |
var_names |
character. A vector with subtest names in the order
of the rows from the SL solution. This needs only be specified if |
fac_names |
character. An optional vector of group factor names in the
order of the columns of the SL solution. If left |
g_load |
numeric. A vector of general factor loadings from an SL solution.
This needs only be specified if |
s_load |
matrix. A matrix of group factor loadings from an SL solution.
This needs only be specified if |
u2 |
numeric. A vector of uniquenesses from an SL solution. This needs
only be specified if |
cormat |
matrix. A correlation matrix to be used when
|
pattern |
matrix. Pattern coefficients from an oblique factor solution.
This needs only be specified if |
Phi |
matrix. Factor intercorrelations from an oblique factor solution.
This needs only be specified if |
variance |
character. If |
Details
What this function does
All types of McDonald's omegas (total, hierarchical, and subscale; McDonald, 1978, 1985, 1999) are calculated for the general factor as well as for the subscales / group factors (see, e.g., Gignac, 2014; Rodriguez et al., 2016a, 2016b). Omegas refer to the correlation between a factor and a unit-weighted composite score and thus the true score variance in a unit-weighted composite based on the respective indicators. Omega total is the total true score variance in a composite. Omega hierarchical is the true score variance in a composite that is attributable to the general factor, and omega subscale is the true score variance in a composite attributable to all subscales / group factors (for the whole scale) or to the specific subscale / group factor (for subscale composites).
Accordingly, on a subscale row the hier column reports the share of that
subscale's composite variance due to the general factor and the sub column
the share due to the subscale-specific factor; the latter corresponds to the
omega hierarchical subscale of Rodriguez et al. (2016a, 2016b).
The H index (also construct reliability or replicability index) is the correlation between an optimally-weighted composite score and a factor (Hancock & Mueller, 2001; Rodriguez et al., 2016a, 2016b). It, too, can be calculated for the whole scale / general factor as well as for the subscales / group factors. Low values indicate that a latent variable is not well defined by its indicators.
The ECV (Rodriguez et al., 2016a, 2016b) is the ratio of the variance explained by the general factor and the variance explained by the general factor and the group factors.
The PUC (Bonifay et al., 2015; Reise et al., 2013, Rodriguez et al., 2016a, 2016b) refers to the proportion of correlations in the underlying correlation matrix that is not contaminated by variance of both the general factor and the group factors (i.e., correlations between indicators from different group factors, which reflect only general factor variance). The higher the PUC, the more similar a general factor from a multidimensional model will be to the single factor from a unidimensional model.
How to use this function
If model is a lavaan second-order or bifactor solution,
only the name of the general factor from the lavaan model needs to be specified
additionally with the g_name argument. It is then determined whether this
general factor is a second-order factor (second-order model with one second-order
factor assumed) or a breadth factor (bifactor model assumed). Please note that
this function only works for second-order models if they contain no more than
one second-order factor. In case of a second-order solution, a
Schmid-Leiman transformation is performed on the first- and second-order loadings
and omega coefficients are obtained from the transformed (orthogonalized) solution
(see efa_schmid_leiman() for more information on Schmid-Leiman transformation).
There is also the possibility to enter a lavaan single factor solution.
In this case, g_name is not needed. Finally, if a solution from a
lavaan multiple group analysis is entered, the indices are computed for
each group. For lavaan input the composite variances entering the omegas are
model-implied: they are computed from the fitted loadings and the fitted residual
covariance matrix, and count any freed residual covariance as well as the residual
variances. The coefficients thus coincide with the observed-score versions when the
model fits perfectly. The omegas split a composite's variance into a general part and one part
per group factor, which needs uncorrelated latent variables: fit a bifactor model
with orthogonal = TRUE (not lavaan's default) and leave the covariances between
a second-order model's first-order factors at zero. A fit whose factors correlate is
rejected rather than scored as though they did not.
The type argument is not evaluated if model is of class
lavaan.
If model is of class efa_schmid_leiman() or
psych::schmid() only the
type and, depending on the type (see below), the factor_corres
arguments need to be specified additionally. If model is of class
psych::schmid() and variance = "correlation"
(default), it is
recommended to also provide the original correlation matrix in cormat
to get more accurate results. Otherwise, the correlation matrix will be found
based on the pattern matrix and Phi from the
psych::schmid() output
using the psych::factor.model() function.
If model = NULL, the arguments type, factor_corres
(depending on the type, see below), var_names, g_load, s_load,
and u2 and either cormat (recommended) or Phi and
pattern need to be specified. If Phi and pattern are
specified instead of cormat, the correlation matrix is found using
the psych::factor.model() function.
The only difference between type = "EFAtools" and type = "psych"
is the determination of variable-to-factor correspondences. type = "psych"
derives them as psych::omega() does, by
taking the highest
group factor loading for each variable as the relevant group factor loading.
To do this, factor_corres must be left NULL.
Both settings score a composite by the true score variance the model attributes
to it, counting every factor its variables load on; they differ only in the
variance that is divided into. variance = "correlation" uses the composite's
observed variance, giving the observed-score form of omega; "sums_load" uses its
model-implied variance, which partitions exactly into omega hierarchical plus omega
subscale on the whole-scale row. The two settings agree up to model misfit, and
differ mainly in the whole-scale omega subscale, which counts all group-factor
variance under "sums_load" but only the assigned subscale composites under
"correlation".
Value
If found for an SL or lavaan second-order or bifactor solution
without multiple groups:
A matrix with omegas for the whole scale and for the subscales and (only if
add_ind = TRUE) with the H index, ECV, and PUC.
tot |
Omega total. |
hier |
Omega hierarchical. |
sub |
Omega subscale. |
H |
H index. |
ECV |
Explained common variance. |
PUC |
Percent of uncontaminated correlations. |
If found for a lavaan single factor solution without multiple groups:
A (named) vector with omega total and (if add_ind = TRUE) the H index
for the single factor.
If found for a lavaan output from a multiple group analysis: A list
containing the output described above for each group.
Source
McDonald, R. P. (1978). Generalizability in factorable domains: ‘‘Domain validity and generalizability’’. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 38, 75–79.
McDonald, R. P. (1985). Factor analysis and related methods. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
McDonald, R. P. (1999). Test theory: A unified treatment. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rodriguez, A., Reise, S. P., & Haviland, M. G. (2016a). Applying bifactor statistical indices in the evaluation of psychological measures. Journal of Personality Assessment, 98, 223-237.
Rodriguez, A., Reise, S. P., & Haviland, M. G. (2016b). Evaluating bifactor models: Calculating and interpreting statistical indices. Psychological Methods, 21, 137-150.
Hancock, G. R., & Mueller, R. O. (2001). Rethinking construct reliability within latent variable systems. In R. Cudeck, S. du Toit, & D. Sörbom (Eds.), Structural equation modeling: Present and future—A Festschrift in honor of Karl Jöreskog (pp. 195–216). Lincolnwood, IL: Scientific Software International.
Reise, S. P., Scheines, R., Widaman, K. F., & Haviland, M. G. (2013). Multidimensionality and structural coefficient bias in structural equation modeling: A bifactor perspective. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 73, 5–26.
Bonifay, W. E., Reise, S. P., Scheines, R., & Meijer, R. R. (2015). When are multidimensional data unidimensional enough for structural equation modeling?: An evaluation of the DETECT multidimensionality index. Structural Equation Modeling, 22, 504—516.
Gignac, G. E. (2014). On the Inappropriateness of Using Items to Calculate Total Scale Score Reliability via Coefficient Alpha for Multidimensional Scales. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 30, 130-139.
See Also
efa_reliability() for the same coefficients in a tidy, long-format
result.
Examples
## Use with lavaan outputs
if (requireNamespace("lavaan", quietly = TRUE)) {
# Create and fit bifactor model in lavaan (assume all variables have SDs of 1)
mod <- 'F1 =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6
F2 =~ V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 + V11 + V12
F3 =~ V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18
g =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6 + V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 + V11 + V12 +
V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18'
fit_bi <- lavaan::cfa(mod, sample.cov = test_models$baseline$cormat,
sample.nobs = 500, estimator = "ml", orthogonal = TRUE)
# Compute omegas and additional indices for bifactor solution
OMEGA(fit_bi, g_name = "g")
# Compute only omegas
OMEGA(fit_bi, g_name = "g", add_ind = FALSE)
# Create and fit second-order model in lavaan (assume all variables have SDs of 1)
mod <- 'F1 =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6
F2 =~ V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 + V11 + V12
F3 =~ V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18
g =~ F1 + F2 + F3'
fit_ho <- lavaan::cfa(mod, sample.cov = test_models$baseline$cormat,
sample.nobs = 500, estimator = "ml")
# Compute omegas and additional indices for second-order solution
OMEGA(fit_ho, g_name = "g")
}
## Use with an output from the SL function, with type EFAtools
efa_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
sl_mod <- efa_schmid_leiman(efa_mod, estimator = "PAF")
# Indicator-to-factor correspondences from a salience threshold (here: .20):
factor_corres_1 <- sl_mod$sl[, c("F1", "F2", "F3")] >= .2
OMEGA(sl_mod, type = "EFAtools", factor_corres = factor_corres_1)
## Use with an output from the psych::schmid function, with type psych for
## OMEGA
schmid_mod <- psych::schmid(test_models$baseline$cormat, nfactors = 3,
n.obs = 500, fm = "pa", rotate = "Promax")
# Find correlation matrix from phi and pattern matrix from psych::schmid output
OMEGA(schmid_mod, type = "psych")
# Use specified correlation matrix
OMEGA(schmid_mod, type = "psych", cormat = test_models$baseline$cormat)
## Manually specify components (useful if omegas should be computed for a SL
## or bifactor solution found with another program)
## As an example, we extract the elements from an SL output here. This gives
## the same results as in the second example above.
factor_corres <- matrix(c(rep(0, 12), rep(1, 6), rep(0, 6), rep(1, 6),
rep(0, 6), rep(1, 6), rep(0, 12)), ncol = 3,
byrow = FALSE)
OMEGA(model = NULL, type = "EFAtools", var_names = rownames(sl_mod$sl),
g_load = sl_mod$sl[, "g"], s_load = sl_mod$sl[, c("F1", "F2", "F3")],
u2 = sl_mod$sl[, "u2"], cormat = test_models$baseline$cormat,
factor_corres = factor_corres)
Parallel analysis
Description
PARALLEL() has been superseded by efa_parallel(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
PARALLEL(
x = NULL,
N = NA,
n_vars = NA,
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
n_factors = 1,
...
)
Arguments
x |
matrix or data.frame. The real data to compare the simulated eigenvalues against. Must not contain variables of classes other than numeric. Can be a correlation matrix or raw data. |
N |
numeric. The number of cases / observations to simulate. Only has to
be specified if |
n_vars |
numeric. The number of variables / indicators to simulate.
Only has to be specified if |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Must be at least 1. Default is 1000. |
percent |
numeric. The percentile to take from the simulated eigenvalues. Default is 95. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "SMC", "PCA", or "EFA". If using "SMC", the diagonal of the correlation
matrix is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs) of the
indicators. If using "PCA", the diagonal values of the correlation matrices
are left to be 1. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an EFA solution as diagonal. Default
is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
decision_rule |
character. Which rule to use to determine the number of
factors to retain. Default is |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_parallel(); see there for the components.
See Also
Rotate a loading matrix to a target using Procrustes alignment
Description
PROCRUSTES() has been superseded by efa_procrustes(), which is the
recommended interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so
existing code keeps working.
Usage
PROCRUSTES(
A,
Target,
rotation = c("orthogonal", "oblique"),
S = NULL,
T_init = NULL,
oblique_eps = 1e-05,
oblique_maxit = 1000,
oblique_max_line_search = 10,
oblique_step0 = 1,
oblique_normalize = FALSE,
oblique_random_starts = 0,
oblique_screen_keep = 2,
oblique_triage_maxit = 25,
oblique_triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
A |
Numeric loading matrix to be aligned. |
Target |
Numeric target matrix with the same dimensions as |
rotation |
Character string, either |
S |
Optional |
T_init |
Optional |
oblique_eps |
Positive convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm in the oblique solver. |
oblique_maxit |
Non-negative integer. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates in the full oblique solver. |
oblique_max_line_search |
Non-negative integer. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial line-search step. |
oblique_step0 |
Positive initial step size for the oblique solver. |
oblique_normalize |
Logical; if |
oblique_random_starts |
Non-negative integer. Number of additional random starts used by the oblique solver. |
oblique_screen_keep |
Non-negative integer. Number of random starts retained after cheap objective screening and sent to triage optimization. |
oblique_triage_maxit |
Non-negative integer. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
oblique_triage_improve_tol |
Non-negative scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Value
A list identical to the value of efa_procrustes(); see there for the
components.
See Also
RiskDimensions
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (cormat) of the 9 dimensions on which participants in Fischhoff et al. (1978) rated different activities and technologies as well as the sample size (N). This was then analyzed together with ratings of the risks and benefits of these activities and technologies.
Usage
RiskDimensions
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (9 x 9 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N" (scalar). The correlation matrix contains the following risk dimensions:
- Voluntariness
(numeric) - Voluntariness of exposure to the risk.
- Immediacy
(numeric) - Immediacy of the risk's effect.
- Known to exposed
(numeric) - How well the risk is known to those exposed to it.
- Known to science
(numeric) - How well the risk is known to science.
- Controllability
(numeric) - Controllability of the risk.
- Newness
(numeric) - Newness of the risk.
- Chronic
(numeric) - Whether the risk is chronic rather than catastrophic.
- Common
(numeric) - Whether the risk is common rather than dreaded.
- Severity of consequences
(numeric) - Severity of the consequences.
Source
Fischhoff, B, Slovic, P, Lichtenstein, S, Read, S, and Combs, B. (1978). How safe is safe enough? A psychometric study of attitudes towards technological risks and benefits. Policy Sciences, 9, 127-152. doi: 10.1007/BF00143739
Scree plot
Description
SCREE() has been superseded by efa_scree(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
SCREE(
x,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors = 1,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "PCA", "SMC", or "EFA", or some combination of them. If using "PCA",
the diagonal values of the correlation matrices are left to be 1. If using
"SMC", the diagonal of the
correlation matrices is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs)
of the indicators. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an exploratory factor analysis
solution (default is principal axis factoring extracting 1 factor) as
diagonal. Default is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
... |
Further arguments passed on to the |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_scree(); see there for the components.
See Also
Schmid-Leiman transformation
Description
SL() has been superseded by efa_schmid_leiman(), which is the recommended
interface going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code
keeps working.
Usage
SL(
x,
Phi = NULL,
type = c("EFAtools", "psych", "SPSS", "none"),
method = c("PAF", "ML", "ULS", "MINRES"),
g_name = "g",
...
)
Arguments
x |
object of class |
Phi |
matrix. A matrix of factor intercorrelations from an oblique factor
solution. Only needs to be specified if a pattern matrix is entered directly
into |
type |
character. One of "EFAtools" (default), "psych", "SPSS", or "none". This is
used to control the procedure of the second-order factor analysis. In
|
method |
character. The estimator for the second-order factor analysis; passed to
|
g_name |
character. The name of the general factor. This needs only be
specified if |
... |
Further arguments passed on to the second-order |
Value
A list of class c("efa_schmid_leiman", "SL"), identical to the value
of efa_schmid_leiman(); see there for the components.
See Also
Sequential model tests
Description
SMT() has been superseded by efa_smt(), which is the recommended interface
going forward. It remains available and unchanged so existing code keeps working.
Usage
SMT(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a correlation matrix is used. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
Value
An object of class efa_retention, identical to the value of
efa_smt(); see there for the components.
See Also
Various outputs from SPSS (version 23) FACTOR
Description
Various outputs from SPSS (version 23) FACTOR for the IDS-2 (Grob & Hagmann-von Arx, 2018), the WJIV (3 to 5 and 20 to 39 years; McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014), the DOSPERT (Frey et al., 2017; Weber, Blais, & Betz, 2002), the NEO-PI-R (Costa, & McCrae, 1992), and four simulated datasets (baseline, case_1a, case_6b, and case_11b, see test_models and population_models) used in Grieder and Steiner (2022).
Usage
SPSS_23
Format
A list of 9 containing EFA results for each of the data sets mentioned above. Each of these nine entries is a list of 4, 6, or 8 (see details), of the following structure:
- paf_comm
(vector) - The final communalities obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF and no rotation. For details, see Grieder and Grob (2019).
- paf_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = unrotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- paf_iter
(numeric) - Number of iterations needed for the principal axis factoring to converge.
- var_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = varimax rotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- pro_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = promax rotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- pro_phi
(matrix) - F1 to FN = intercorrelations of the promax rotated loadings.
- sl
(matrix) - g = General / second order factor of the Schmid-Leiman solution. F1 to FN = First order factors of the Schmid-Leiman solution. h2 = Communalities of the Schmid-Leiman solution. This Schmid-Leiman solution was found using the SPSS Syntax provided by Wolff and Preising (2005).
- L2
(matrix or numeric) - Second order loadings used for the Schmid-Leiman transformation. This Schmid-Leiman solution was found using the SPSS Syntax provided by Wolff and Preising (2005).
Details
The IDS-2, the two WJIV, and the DOSPERT contain all the above entries. The NEO-PI-R contains all of them except L2 and sl, while the four simulated datasets contain only paf_load, var_load, pro_load, and pro_phi.
The principal axis factoring was run with the iteration limit raised above SPSS's own
default of 25, so reproducing these solutions requires the same: case_1a needs 60
iterations and case_11b needs 33, and at max_iter = 25 both stop short of
convergence and differ from the stored loadings in the second decimal. Use
estimate_control(type = "SPSS", max_iter = 500) when checking a preset against these
references; the other two simulated cases converge in six iterations and are
unaffected.
Source
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x
Wolff, H.G., & Preising, K. (2005). Exploring item and higher order factor structure with the Schmid-Leiman solution: Syntax codes for SPSS and SAS. Behavior Research Methods, 37, 48–58. doi: 10.3758/BF03206397
Grieder, S., & Grob, A. (2019). Exploratory factor analyses of the intelligence and development scales–2: Implications for theory and practice. Assessment. Advance online publication. doi:10.1177/1073191119845051
Grob, A., & Hagmann-von Arx, P. (2018). Intelligence and Development Scales–2 (IDS-2). Intelligenz- und Entwicklungsskalen für Kinder und Jugendliche. [Intelligence and Development Scales for Children and Adolescents.]. Bern, Switzerland: Hogrefe.
Frey, R., Pedroni, A., Mata, R., Rieskamp, J., & Hertwig, R. (2017). Risk preference shares the psychometric structure of major psychological traits. Science Advances, 3, e1701381.
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). NEO PI-R professional manual. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc.
Various outputs from SPSS (version 27) FACTOR
Description
Various outputs from SPSS (version 27) FACTOR for the IDS-2 (Grob & Hagmann-von Arx, 2018), the WJIV (3 to 5 and 20 to 39 years; McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014), the DOSPERT (Frey et al., 2017; Weber, Blais, & Betz, 2002), and four simulated datasets (baseline, case_1a, case_6b, and case_11b, see test_models and population_models) used in Grieder and Steiner (2022).
Usage
SPSS_27
Format
A list of 8 containing EFA results for each of the data sets mentioned above. Each of these eight entries is a list of 4, of the following structure:
- paf_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = unrotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- var_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = varimax rotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- pro_load
(matrix) - F1 to FN = promax rotated factor loadings obtained with the FACTOR algorithm with PAF. Rownames are the abbreviated subtest or item names, and generic variable labels (V1 to VN) for the simulated datasets.
- pro_phi
(matrix) - F1 to FN = intercorrelations of the promax rotated loadings.
Details
The principal axis factoring was run with the iteration limit raised above
SPSS's own default of 25, so reproducing these solutions requires the same: case_1a
needs 60 iterations and case_11b needs 33, and at max_iter = 25 both stop short of
convergence and differ from the stored loadings in the second decimal. Use
estimate_control(type = "SPSS", max_iter = 500) when checking a preset against these
references; the other two simulated cases converge in six iterations and are
unaffected.
Source
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x
Grieder, S., & Grob, A. (2019). Exploratory factor analyses of the intelligence and development scales–2: Implications for theory and practice. Assessment. Advance online publication. doi:10.1177/1073191119845051
Grob, A., & Hagmann-von Arx, P. (2018). Intelligence and Development Scales–2 (IDS-2). Intelligenz- und Entwicklungsskalen für Kinder und Jugendliche. [Intelligence and Development Scales for Children and Adolescents.]. Bern, Switzerland: Hogrefe.
Frey, R., Pedroni, A., Mata, R., Rieskamp, J., & Hertwig, R. (2017). Risk preference shares the psychometric structure of major psychological traits. Science Advances, 3, e1701381.
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
UPPS_raw
Description
A dataframe containing responses to the UPPS personality scale (Whiteside & Lynam, 2005) of 645 participants of Study 2 of Steiner and Frey (2020). Each column are the ratings to one of 45 items to assess urgency, premeditation, perseverance, and sensation seeking. The original data can be accessed via https://osf.io/kxp8t/.
Usage
UPPS_raw
Format
A data.frame with 645 rows (participants) and 45 columns, named by a subscale prefix and item number, covering the four UPPS subscales:
- perseverance_1 to perseverance_10
(numeric) - Perseverance-subscale items.
- premeditation_1 to premeditation_11
(numeric) - Premeditation-subscale items.
- ss_1 to ss_12
(numeric) - Sensation-seeking-subscale items.
- urgency_1 to urgency_12
(numeric) - Urgency-subscale items.
Source
Whiteside, S. P., Lynam, D. R., Miller, J. D., & Reynolds, S. K. (2005). Validation of the UPPS impulsive behaviour scale: A four-factor model of impulsivity. European Journal of Personality, 19 (7), 559–574.
Steiner, M., & Frey, R. (2020). Representative design in psychological assessment: A case study using the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART). PsyArXiv Preprint. doi:10.31234/osf.io/dg4ks
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 14 to 19
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 1,685) of the 47 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for 14- to 19-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ-IV technical manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_14_19
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (47 x 47 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N" (scalar). The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- NUMSER
(numeric) - Number Series.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Letter-Pattern Matching.
- PHNPRO
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- ANLSYN
(numeric) - Analysis-Synthesis.
- OBJNUM
(numeric) - Object-Number Sequencing.
- PAIRCN
(numeric) - Pair Cancellation.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- CALC
(numeric) - Calculation.
- WRTSMP
(numeric) - Writing Samples.
- WRDATK
(numeric) - Word Attack.
- ORLRDG
(numeric) - Oral Reading.
- SNRDFL
(numeric) - Sentence Reading Fluency.
- MTHFLU
(numeric) - Math Facts Fluency.
- SNWRFL
(numeric) - Sentence Writing Fluency.
- RDGREC
(numeric) - Reading Recall.
- NUMMAT
(numeric) - Number Matrices.
- EDIT
(numeric) - Editing.
- WRDFLU
(numeric) - Word Reading Fluency.
- SPLSND
(numeric) - Spelling of Sounds.
- RDGVOC
(numeric) - Reading Vocabulary.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 20 to 39
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 1,251) of the 47 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for the 20- to 39-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ-IV technical manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_20_39
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (47 x 47 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N" (scalar). The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- NUMSER
(numeric) - Number Series.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Letter-Pattern Matching.
- PHNPRO
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- ANLSYN
(numeric) - Analysis-Synthesis.
- OBJNUM
(numeric) - Object-Number Sequencing.
- PAIRCN
(numeric) - Pair Cancellation.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- CALC
(numeric) - Calculation.
- WRTSMP
(numeric) - Writing Samples.
- WRDATK
(numeric) - Word Attack.
- ORLRDG
(numeric) - Oral Reading.
- SNRDFL
(numeric) - Sentence Reading Fluency.
- MTHFLU
(numeric) - Math Facts Fluency.
- SNWRFL
(numeric) - Sentence Writing Fluency.
- RDGREC
(numeric) - Reading Recall.
- NUMMAT
(numeric) - Number Matrices.
- EDIT
(numeric) - Editing.
- WRDFLU
(numeric) - Word Reading Fluency.
- SPLSND
(numeric) - Spelling of Sounds.
- RDGVOC
(numeric) - Reading Vocabulary.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 3 to 5
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 435) of the 29 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for 3- to 5-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ IV technical Manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_3_5
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (29 x 29 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N" (scalar). The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 40 to 90 plus
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 1,146) of the 47 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for 40- to 90+-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ-IV technical manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_40_90
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (47 x 47 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N". The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- NUMSER
(numeric) - Number Series.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Letter-Pattern Matching.
- PHNPRO
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- ANLSYN
(numeric) - Analysis-Synthesis.
- OBJNUM
(numeric) - Object-Number Sequencing.
- PAIRCN
(numeric) - Pair Cancellation.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- CALC
(numeric) - Calculation.
- WRTSMP
(numeric) - Writing Samples.
- WRDATK
(numeric) - Word Attack.
- ORLRDG
(numeric) - Oral Reading.
- SNRDFL
(numeric) - Sentence Reading Fluency.
- MTHFLU
(numeric) - Math Facts Fluency.
- SNWRFL
(numeric) - Sentence Writing Fluency.
- RDGREC
(numeric) - Reading Recall.
- NUMMAT
(numeric) - Number Matrices.
- EDIT
(numeric) - Editing.
- WRDFLU
(numeric) - Word Reading Fluency.
- SPLSND
(numeric) - Spelling of Sounds.
- RDGVOC
(numeric) - Reading Vocabulary.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 6 to 8
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 825) of the 47 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for 6- to 8-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ-IV technical manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_6_8
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (47 x 47 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N". The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- NUMSER
(numeric) - Number Series.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Letter-Pattern Matching.
- PHNPRO
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- ANLSYN
(numeric) - Analysis-Synthesis.
- OBJNUM
(numeric) - Object-Number Sequencing.
- PAIRCN
(numeric) - Pair Cancellation.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- CALC
(numeric) - Calculation.
- WRTSMP
(numeric) - Writing Samples.
- WRDATK
(numeric) - Word Attack.
- ORLRDG
(numeric) - Oral Reading.
- SNRDFL
(numeric) - Sentence Reading Fluency.
- MTHFLU
(numeric) - Math Facts Fluency.
- SNWRFL
(numeric) - Sentence Writing Fluency.
- RDGREC
(numeric) - Reading Recall.
- NUMMAT
(numeric) - Number Matrices.
- EDIT
(numeric) - Editing.
- WRDFLU
(numeric) - Word Reading Fluency.
- SPLSND
(numeric) - Spelling of Sounds.
- RDGVOC
(numeric) - Reading Vocabulary.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock Johnson IV: ages 9 to 13
Description
A list containing the bivariate correlations (N = 1,572) of the 47 cognitive and achievement subtests from the WJ IV for 9- to 13-year-olds from the standardization sample obtained from the WJ-IV technical manual (McGrew, LaForte, & Schrank, 2014). Tables are reproduced with permission from the publisher.
Usage
WJIV_ages_9_13
Format
A list of 2 with elements "cormat" (47 x 47 matrix of bivariate correlations) and "N". The correlation matrix contains the following variables:
- ORLVOC
(numeric) - Oral Vocabulary.
- NUMSER
(numeric) - Number Series.
- VRBATN
(numeric) - Verbal Attention.
- LETPAT
(numeric) - Letter-Pattern Matching.
- PHNPRO
(numeric) - Phonological Processing.
- STYREC
(numeric) - Story Recall.
- VISUAL
(numeric) - Visualization.
- GENINF
(numeric) - General Information.
- CONFRM
(numeric) - Concept Formation.
- NUMREV
(numeric) - Numbers Reversed.
- NUMPAT
(numeric) - Number-Pattern Matching.
- NWDREP
(numeric) - Nonword Repetition.
- VAL
(numeric) - Visual-Auditory Learning.
- PICREC
(numeric) - Picture Recognition.
- ANLSYN
(numeric) - Analysis-Synthesis.
- OBJNUM
(numeric) - Object-Number Sequencing.
- PAIRCN
(numeric) - Pair Cancellation.
- MEMWRD
(numeric) - Memory for Words.
- PICVOC
(numeric) - Picture Vocabulary.
- ORLCMP
(numeric) - Oral Comprehension.
- SEGMNT
(numeric) - Segmentation.
- RPCNAM
(numeric) - Rapid Picture Naming.
- SENREP
(numeric) - Sentence Repetition.
- UNDDIR
(numeric) - Understanding Directions.
- SNDBLN
(numeric) - Sound Blending.
- RETFLU
(numeric) - Retrieval Fluency.
- SNDAWR
(numeric) - Sound Awareness.
- LWIDNT
(numeric) - Letter-Word Identification.
- APPROB
(numeric) - Applied Problems.
- SPELL
(numeric) - Spelling.
- PSGCMP
(numeric) - Passage Comprehension.
- CALC
(numeric) - Calculation.
- WRTSMP
(numeric) - Writing Samples.
- WRDATK
(numeric) - Word Attack.
- ORLRDG
(numeric) - Oral Reading.
- SNRDFL
(numeric) - Sentence Reading Fluency.
- MTHFLU
(numeric) - Math Facts Fluency.
- SNWRFL
(numeric) - Sentence Writing Fluency.
- RDGREC
(numeric) - Reading Recall.
- NUMMAT
(numeric) - Number Matrices.
- EDIT
(numeric) - Editing.
- WRDFLU
(numeric) - Word Reading Fluency.
- SPLSND
(numeric) - Spelling of Sounds.
- RDGVOC
(numeric) - Reading Vocabulary.
- SCI
(numeric) - Science.
- SOC
(numeric) - Social Studies.
- HUM
(numeric) - Humanities.
Source
McGrew, K. S., LaForte, E. M., & Schrank, F. A. (2014). Technical Manual. Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Schrank, F. A., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside.
Model averaging across different EFA estimators and types
Description
Not all EFA procedures always arrive at the same solution. This function allows
you perform a number of EFAs from different estimators (e.g., Maximum Likelihood
and Principal Axis Factoring), with different implementations (e.g., the SPSS
and psych implementations of Principal Axis Factoring), and across different
rotations of the same type (e.g., multiple oblique rotations, like promax and
oblimin). efa_average() will then run all these EFAs (using the efa_fit()
function) and provide a summary across the different solutions.
Usage
efa_average(
x,
n_factors,
N = NA,
estimator = "PAF",
rotation = "promax",
type = "none",
averaging = c("mean", "median"),
trim = 0,
salience_threshold = 0.3,
max_iter = 10000,
init_comm = c("smc", "mac", "unity"),
criterion = c(0.001),
criterion_type = c("sum", "max_individual"),
abs_eigen = c(TRUE),
varimax_type = c("svd", "kaiser"),
normalize = TRUE,
k_promax = 2:4,
k_simplimax = ncol(x),
p_type = c("norm", "unnorm"),
precision = 1e-05,
start_method = c("psych", "factanal"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra", "fiml"),
show_progress = TRUE,
seed = NULL,
P_type = lifecycle::deprecated()
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. If raw data is entered, the correlation matrix is found from the data. |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a
correlation matrix is used. If input is a correlation matrix and |
estimator |
character vector. Any combination of "PAF", "ML", and "ULS",
to use principal axis factoring, maximum likelihood, or unweighted least
squares, respectively, to fit the EFAs. "MINRES" is accepted as a synonym for
"ULS" (the same estimator). Default is "PAF".
"DWLS", which |
rotation |
character vector. Either perform no rotation ("none"), any combination of orthogonal rotations ("varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT", and "bifactorT"; using "orthogonal" runs all of these), or of oblique rotations ("promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ", and "bifactorQ"; using "oblique" runs all of these). Rotation types (no rotation, orthogonal rotations, and oblique rotations) cannot be mixed. Default is "promax". |
type |
character vector. Any combination of "none" (default), "EFAtools",
"psych", and "SPSS" can be entered. "none" allows the specification of various
combinations of the arguments controlling both factor extraction methods and
the rotations. The others ("EFAtools", "psych", and "SPSS") take the extraction
and rotation tuning of the respective implementation: this package's default
procedure, the psych package's, and SPSS's. A specific psych implementation
exists for PAF, ML, varimax, and promax. The SPSS implementation exists for
PAF, varimax, and promax. For details, see |
averaging |
character. One of "mean" (default), and "median". Controls whether the different results should be averaged using the (trimmed) mean, or the median. |
trim |
numeric. If averaging is set to "mean", this argument controls
the trimming of extremes (for details see |
salience_threshold |
numeric. The threshold to use to classify a pattern coefficient or loading as salient (i.e., substantial enough to assign it to a factor). Default is 0.3. Indicator-to-factor correspondences will be inferred based on this threshold. Note that this may not be meaningful if rotation = "none" and n_factors > 1 are used, as no simple structure is present there. |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of iterations to perform after which
the iterative PAF procedure is halted with a warning. Default is 10,000. It is
only evaluated for the "PAF" solutions run under |
init_comm |
character vector. Any combination of "smc", "mac", and "unity".
Controls the methods to estimate the initial communalities in |
criterion |
numeric vector. The convergence criterion used for PAF if
"none" is among the specified types.
If the change in communalities from one iteration to the next is smaller than
this criterion the solution is accepted and the procedure ends.
Default is |
criterion_type |
character vector. Any combination of "max_individual" and
"sum". Type of convergence criterion used for PAF if "none" is among the
specified types. "max_individual" selects the maximum change in any of the
communalities from one iteration to the next and tests it against the
specified criterion. "sum" takes the difference of
the sum of all communalities in one iteration and the sum of all communalities
in the next iteration and tests this against the criterion
(for details see |
abs_eigen |
logical vector. Any combination of TRUE and FALSE.
Which algorithm to use in the PAF iterations if "none" is among the specified
types. If FALSE, the loadings are computed from the eigenvalues. This is also
used by the |
varimax_type |
character vector. Any combination of "svd" and "kaiser".
The type of the varimax rotation performed if "none" is among the specified
types and "varimax", "promax", "orthogonal", or "oblique" is among the specified
rotations. "svd" uses singular value decomposition, as
|
normalize |
logical vector. Any combination of TRUE and FALSE.
|
k_promax |
numeric vector. The power used for computing the target matrix
P in the promax rotation if "none" is among the specified types and "promax"
or "oblique" is among the specified rotations. Default is |
k_simplimax |
numeric. The number of 'close to zero loadings' for the
simplimax rotation if "simplimax" or "oblique" is among the specified rotations. Default
is |
p_type |
character vector. Any combination of "norm" and "unnorm".
This specifies how the target matrix P is computed in promax rotation if
"none" is among the specified types and "promax" or "oblique" is among the
specified rotations. "unnorm" will use the unnormalized target matrix as
originally done in Hendrickson and White (1964). "norm" will use a
normalized target matrix (for details see |
precision |
numeric vector. The tolerance for stopping in the rotation procedure(s). Default is 10^-5. |
start_method |
character vector. Any combination of "psych" and "factanal".
How to specify the starting values for the optimization procedure for ML.
"psych" takes the starting values specified in |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
show_progress |
logical. Whether a progress bar should be shown in the console. Default is TRUE. |
seed |
numeric or |
P_type |
|
Details
As a first step in this function, a grid is produced containing the setting
combinations for the to-be-performed EFAs. These settings are then entered as
arguments to the efa_fit() function and the EFAs are run in a second
step. After all EFAs are run, the factor solutions are averaged and their
variability determined in a third step.
When raw data are supplied, the correlation matrix is computed once before the
grid is run and reused for every EFA in it. Under cor_method = "fiml" this
means the saturated multivariate-normal moments are EM-estimated a single time
(from the raw data with missing values, assuming the data are missing at
random) and the resulting two-stage correlation is analysed by every solution
in the grid; the EM is not re-run per solution. Under cor_method = "fiml",
use does not select cases (every case contributes to the EM). The averaged
loadings and communalities are then the two-stage FIML estimates, but the
averaged Chi-Square and the indices derived from it (CFI, TLI, RMSEA, AIC, BIC,
ECVI) are the ordinary ML/ULS discrepancy statistics on the EM correlation, not
the corrected two-stage (Satorra-Bentler) statistics that a standalone
efa_fit() with cor_method = "fiml" reports; in particular the averaged AIC and
BIC are finite here rather than NA.
The grid containing the setting combinations is produced based on the entries
to the respective arguments. To this end, all possible combinations resulting
in unique EFA models are considered: combinations that resolve to the same
model are run only once. Two combinations are the same model only if every
setting the fit consumes agrees, and for "PAF" that includes the iteration cap
max_iter. Since a named type brings its own cap, a type of
c("none", "SPSS") whose specific settings match the SPSS combination in
every other respect still gives two "PAF" models, unless max_iter is also
set to the cap of the SPSS implementation. We include here a list
of arguments that are only evaluated under specific conditions:
The arguments init_comm, criterion, criterion_type,
abs_eigen, and max_iter are only evaluated if "PAF" is included in
estimator and "none" is included in type.
The argument varimax_type is only evaluated if "varimax", "promax",
"oblique", or "orthogonal" is included in rotation and "none" is
included in type.
The argument normalize is only evaluated if rotation is not
set to "none" and "none" is included in type.
The argument k_simplimax is only evaluated if "simplimax" or "oblique"
is included in rotation.
The arguments k_promax and p_type are only evaluated if
"promax" or "oblique" is included in rotation and "none" is included
in type.
The argument start_method is only evaluated if "ML" is included in
estimator.
Every solution in the grid is fitted with the eigenvalue-based factor ordering,
including under a named type: the solutions are realigned to a common target
before averaging, so a per-fit ordering (SPSS orders by the sum of squared
loadings) would not survive into the averaged result. That target is the first
solution the grid retains, in grid order; solutions dropped for an error,
non-convergence, or a Heywood case cannot become it. The averaged loadings are
therefore in the factor order and sign of that solution. This is the one setting a
named type does not carry, and it is visible in the two places the individual
fits are: the solutions returned in efa_list are eigenvalue-ordered, and so is
the single efa_fit() object returned when the grid collapses to one row. Their
loadings can therefore appear in a different factor order than the same fit run
through efa_fit() under that type, even though the solutions are the same.
To avoid a bias in the averaged factor solutions from problematic solutions,
these are excluded prior to averaging. A solution is deemed problematic if
at least one of the following is true: an error occurred, the model did not
converge, or there is at least one Heywood (improper) case (a communality at
or above 1, or, for ML/ULS, a uniqueness pinned at the estimator's lower
bound).
Information on errors, convergence, and Heywood cases are returned in the
implementations_grid and a summary of these is given when printing the output.
In addition to these, information on the admissibility of the factor solutions
is also included. A solution was deemed admissible if (1) no error occurred,
(2) the model converged, (3) no Heywood cases are present, and (4) there are
at least two salient loadings (i.e., loadings exceeding the specified
salience_threshold) for each factor. So, solutions failing one of the
first three of these criteria of admissibility are also deemed problematic and
therefore excluded from averaging. However, solutions failing only
the fourth criterion of admissibility are still included for averaging.
Finally, if all solutions are problematic (e.g., all solutions contain
Heywood cases), no averaging is performed and the respective outputs are NA.
In this case, the implementations_grid should be inspected to see if there
are any error messages, and the separate EFA solutions that are also included
in the output can be inspected as well, for example, to see where Heywood
cases occurred.
A core output of this function includes the average, minimum, and maximum loadings derived from all non-problematic (see above) factor solutions. Please note that these are not entire solutions, but the matrices include the average, minimum, or maximum value for each cell (i.e., each loading separately). This means that, for example, the matrix with the minimum loadings will contain the minimum value in any of the factor solutions for each specific loading, and therefore most likely contains loadings from different factor solutions. The matrices containing the minimum and maximum factor solutions can therefore not be interpreted as whole factor solutions.
The averaged loading matrix is likewise a cell-wise summary rather than a fitted
solution: it is not itself the solution of any EFA, does not in general reproduce
the correlation matrix, and need not reproduce the averaged communalities. The
fit indices described below are correspondingly the mean (or, under
averaging = "median", the median) of the per-solution fit indices, not the fit
of the averaged loadings, so the averaged loadings and the reported fit do not
describe one and the same model.
The output also includes information on the average, minimum, maximum, and
variability of the fit indices across the non-problematic factor solutions.
It is important to note that not all fit indices are computed for all fit
methods: For ML and ULS, all fit indices can be computed, while for PAF the
chi-square-based indices (the chi-square statistic and its significance, CFI,
TLI, RMSEA, AIC, BIC, and ECVI) are NA. The common part accounted for (CAF)
index (Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, & Kiers, 2011) and the residual-based SRMR and
RMSR are still computed for PAF. As a consequence, if only "PAF" is included in
the estimator argument, averaging is performed for the CAF, SRMR, and RMSR, while
the chi-square-based indices are NA. If a combination of "PAF" and "ML" and/or
"ULS" are included in the estimator argument, the CAF, SRMR, and RMSR are
averaged across all non-problematic factor solutions, while the chi-square-based
indices are only averaged across the ML and ULS solutions. The user should
therefore keep in mind that the number of EFAs across which the fit indices are
averaged can diverge for the CAF, SRMR, and RMSR compared to the chi-square-based
indices.
Each reported fit index is summarised across the (non-problematic) solutions in
the same descriptive way: the average, standard deviation, minimum, and maximum
of the per-solution values. This includes the chi-square significance level
(p_chi), which is therefore the mean (or median) of the per-solution p-values
and is purely descriptive; it is not the p-value of any pooled chi-square test.
Value
A list of class c("efa_average", "EFA_AVERAGE") containing the
components below. Throughout, range is the width maximum - minimum of each
cell across the factor solutions, not the interval [minimum, maximum], and
average is the (trimmed) mean or the median, following averaging.
orig_R |
Original correlation matrix. |
h2 |
A list with the average, standard deviation, minimum, maximum, and range of the final communality estimates across the factor solutions. |
loadings |
A list with the average, standard deviation, minimum, maximum,
and range of the final loadings across the factor solutions. If rotation was
"none", the unrotated loadings, otherwise the rotated loadings (pattern
coefficients). |
Phi |
A list with the average, standard deviation, minimum, maximum, and range of the factor intercorrelations across factor solutions obtained with oblique rotations. |
ind_fac_corres |
A matrix with each cell containing the proportion of the factor solutions in which the respective indicator-to-factor correspondence occurred, i.e., in which the loading exceeded the specified salience threshold. Note: Rowsums can exceed 1 due to cross-loadings. |
vars_accounted |
A list with the average, standard deviation, minimum,
maximum, and range of explained variances and sums of squared loadings across
the factor solutions. Based on the unrotated loadings if rotation was "none"
or only one factor was extracted, otherwise on the rotated loadings. Each entry
is a matrix with rows |
fit_indices |
A matrix containing the average, standard deviation, minimum, maximum, and range for all applicable fit indices across the respective factor solutions, and the degrees of freedom (df). If the estimator argument contains ML or ULS: Fit indices derived from the unrotated factor loadings: Chi Square (chisq), including significance level, Comparative Fit Index (CFI), Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI), Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA), Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), Expected Cross-Validation Index (ECVI), and the common part accounted for (CAF) index as proposed by Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, & Kiers (2011). The residual-based Standardized Root Mean Square Residual (SRMR) and Root Mean Square Residual (RMSR) and the CAF are also computed for PAF; for PAF the remaining (chi-square-based) indices are not available (see details). |
implementations_grid |
A matrix containing, for each performed EFA,
the setting combination, if an error occurred (logical), the error message
(character), an integer convergence code (0 = converged; for ML and ULS the
same codes as |
efa_list |
A list containing the outputs of all performed EFAs. The names correspond to the rownames from the implementations_grid. |
settings |
A list of the settings used, including |
If the supplied arguments admit only a single EFA, there is nothing to average
across: that one efa_fit() object is returned instead, with a warning. Its
settings are that fit's, with seed recording the seed the run was governed by.
They therefore describe the concrete arguments the fit ran under rather than the
type that supplied them: a row taken from a named preset records type = "none"
together with the preset's resolved values (for example max_iter = 25 for
"SPSS"), and order_type = "eigen" as for every other row in the grid.
Source
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x
Hendrickson, A. E., & White, P. O. (1964). Promax: A quick method for rotation to oblique simple structure. British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 17 , 65–70. doi: 10.1111/j.2044-8317.1964.tb00244.x
Lorenzo-Seva, U., Timmerman, M. E., & Kiers, H. A. L. (2011). The Hull Method for Selecting the Number of Common Factors, Multivariate Behavioral Research, 46, 340-364, doi: 10.1080/00273171.2011.564527
Kaiser, H. F. (1958). The varimax criterion for analytic rotation in factor analysis. Psychometrika, 23, 187–200. doi: 10.1007/BF02289233
See Also
Other factor analysis:
efa_fit(),
efa_group(),
efa_mi(),
plot.efa_group(),
print.efa_group()
Examples
# Averaging across one implementation each of PAF (EFAtools type), ULS, and
# ML with one implementation of promax (EFAtools type) (3 EFAs)
Aver_meth <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = c("PAF", "ULS", "ML"), type = "EFAtools",
start_method = "psych")
# Averaging across different implementations of PAF and promax rotation (72 EFAs)
Aver_PAF <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500)
# Use median instead of mean for averaging (72 EFAs)
Aver_PAF_md <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
averaging = "median")
# Averaging across different implementations of PAF and promax rotation,
# and across ULS and different versions of ML (108 EFAs)
Aver_meth_ext <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = c("PAF", "ULS", "ML"))
# Averaging across different oblique rotation methods, using one implementation
# of ML and one implementation of promax (EFAtools type) (7 EFAs)
Aver_rot <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "ML", rotation = "oblique", type = "EFAtools",
start_method = "psych")
# Two-stage FIML correlations from raw data with missing values: the EM
# saturated moments are estimated once and the resulting correlation is
# averaged across the grid of EFAs.
x_miss <- GRiPS_raw
x_miss[cbind(1:20, 1)] <- NA
Aver_fiml <- efa_average(x_miss, n_factors = 1, estimator = c("PAF", "ML"),
cor_method = "fiml")
Bartlett's test of sphericity
Description
This function tests whether a correlation matrix is significantly different from an identity matrix (Bartlett, 1951). If the Bartlett's test is not significant, the correlation matrix is not suitable for factor analysis because the variables show too little covariance.
Usage
efa_bartlett(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a correlation matrix is used. |
use |
character. The missing-data policy for raw data. Passed to
|
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
Details
Bartlett (1951) proposed this statistic to determine a correlation
matrix' suitability for factor analysis. The statistic is approximately
chi square distributed with df = \frac{p(p - 1)}{2} and is given by
chi^2 = -log(det(R)) (N - 1 - (2 * p + 5)/6)
where det(R) is the determinant of the correlation matrix, N is
the sample size, and p is the number of variables.
This test requires multivariate normality. If this condition is not met,
the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion (efa_kmo())
can still be used.
This function was heavily influenced by the psych::cortest.bartlett() function from the psych package.
The efa_bartlett function can also be called together with the
(efa_kmo()) function and with factor retention criteria
in the efa_retain() function.
Value
A list containing
chisq |
The chi square statistic, or |
p_value |
The p value of the chi square statistic, or |
df |
The degrees of freedom for the chi square statistic. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Bartlett, M. S. (1951). The effect of standardization on a Chi-square approximation in factor analysis. Biometrika, 38, 337-344.
See Also
efa_kmo() for another measure to determine
suitability for factor analysis.
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this function,
efa_kmo() and several factor retention criteria.
Other factor analysis suitability:
efa_kmo(),
efa_screen(),
print.efa_screen()
Examples
efa_bartlett(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
Comparison data
Description
Factor retention method introduced by Ruscio and Roche (2012). The code was adapted from the CD code published by Auerswald and Moshagen (2019), available at https://osf.io/x5cz2/.
Usage
efa_cd(
x,
n_factors_max = NA,
N_pop = 10000,
N_samples = 500,
alpha = 0.3,
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
max_iter = 50
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data. |
n_factors_max |
numeric. The maximum number of factors to test against. Larger numbers will increase the duration the procedure takes, but test more possible solutions. If left NA (default) the maximum number of factors for which the model is still over-identified (df > 0) is used. |
N_pop |
numeric. Size of finite populations of comparison data. Default is 10000. |
N_samples |
numeric. Number of samples drawn from each population. Default is 500. |
alpha |
numeric. The alpha level used to test the significance of the improvement added by an additional factor. Default is .30. |
cor_method |
character. One of |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of iterations after which the
iterative PAF procedure inside the comparison-data generation is halted; it
does not cap an EFA of |
Details
Comparison data (CD) extends parallel analysis by reproducing the observed correlation matrix rather than generating random data: datasets with a known factor structure are generated with an increasing number of factors, and the smallest number for which adding a further factor no longer significantly improves the reproduction of the observed eigenvalues is retained (Ruscio & Roche, 2012).
Because it reproduces the observed correlation structure instead of a null model,
CD was among the more accurate criteria across a broad range of conditions in
Ruscio and Roche (2012). It is, however, the only criterion in this family that
requires raw data, and by some margin the most computationally intensive one: a
finite population of N_pop cases is generated and N_samples samples are drawn
from it at every candidate factor count. It is therefore a good choice when the
raw data are at hand and the runtime is acceptable, and a poor one for a quick
look at a correlation matrix.
The comparison data are obtained by simulation, so the suggested number of factors
varies slightly from run to run. Call base::set.seed() beforehand to make a run
reproducible.
Note that if the data contains missing values, these will be removed for the
comparison data procedure using stats::na.omit(). If
missing data should be treated differently, e.g., by imputation, do this outside
efa_cd() and then pass the complete data.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector ( |
results |
A list with a single record holding the mean RMSE between the
eigenvalues of the generated and the entered data per number of factors
(used for the plot) and, in |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Ruscio, J., & Roche, B. (2012). Determining the number of factors to retain in an exploratory factor analysis using comparison data of known factorial structure. Psychological Assessment, 24, 282–292. doi: 10.1037/a0025697
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
# determine n factors of the GRiPS
efa_cd(GRiPS_raw, N_pop = 500, N_samples = 20)
# determine n factors of the DOSPERT risk subscale
efa_cd(DOSPERT_raw, N_pop = 500, N_samples = 20)
Compare two vectors or matrices (communalities or loadings)
Description
The function takes two objects of the same dimensions containing numeric
information (loadings or communalities) and returns a list of class
efa_compare containing summary information of the differences of the objects.
Usage
efa_compare(
x,
y,
reorder = c("congruence", "names", "none"),
corres = TRUE,
thresh = 0.3,
digits = 4,
m_red = 0.001,
range_red = 0.001,
round_red = 3,
print_diff = TRUE,
na.rm = FALSE,
x_labels = c("x", "y"),
plot = TRUE,
plot_red = 0.01
)
Arguments
x |
matrix, or vector. Loadings or communalities of a factor analysis output. |
y |
matrix, or vector. Loadings or communalities of another factor analysis output to compare to x. |
reorder |
character. Whether and how elements / columns should be
reordered. If "congruence" (default), the columns of |
corres |
logical. Whether factor correspondences should be compared if a matrix is entered. Default is TRUE. |
thresh |
numeric. The threshold at or above which a loading is classified as substantial. Default is .3. |
digits |
numeric. Number of decimals to print in the output. Default is 4. |
m_red |
numeric. Number above which the mean and median should be printed in red (i.e., if .001 is used, the mean will be in red if it is larger than .001, otherwise it will be displayed in green.) Default is .001. |
range_red |
numeric. Number above which the min and max should be printed in red (i.e., if .001 is used, min and max will be in red if the max is larger than .001, otherwise it will be displayed in green). Default is .001. Note that the color of min also depends on max, that is min will be displayed in the same color as max. |
round_red |
numeric. The number of agreeing decimals below which the report highlights the agreement in red (i.e., if 3 is used, the value is shown in red when the compared numbers agree to fewer than 3 decimals, otherwise in green). Default is 3. |
print_diff |
logical. Whether the difference vector or matrix should be printed or not. Default is TRUE. |
na.rm |
logical. Whether NAs should be removed from the difference
summaries and factor-correspondence classifications. With |
x_labels |
character. A vector of length two containing identifying
labels for the two objects x and y that will be compared. These will be used
as labels on the x-axis of the plot, and to name the direction of the signed
elementwise differences in the printed report (see |
plot |
|
plot_red |
numeric. Threshold above which to plot the absolute differences in red. Default is .01. |
Details
digits, m_red, range_red, round_red, print_diff, and plot_red
only control how the result is displayed; each is stored in the returned object's
settings and can be overridden later without recomputing the comparison –
digits, m_red, range_red, round_red, and print_diff in a call to
print.efa_compare(), and plot_red in a call to plot.efa_compare().
Value
A list of class efa_compare with the following components:
diff |
The vector or matrix containing the differences between x and y. |
mean_abs_diff |
The mean absolute difference between x and y. |
median_abs_diff |
The median absolute difference between x and y. |
min_abs_diff |
The minimum absolute difference between x and y. |
max_abs_diff |
The maximum absolute difference between x and y. |
max_dec |
The maximum number of decimals to which a comparison makes sense. For example, if x contains only values up to the third decimals, and y is a normal double, max_dec will be three. |
are_equal |
The maximal number of decimals to which all elements of x and y
agree in absolute value. The comparison is on magnitudes, so two elements that
are equal in size but opposite in sign count as agreeing; signed disagreements
are reflected in |
diff_corres |
The number of differing variable-to-factor correspondences
between x and y, when only the highest loading is considered. |
diff_corres_cross |
The number of differing variable-to-factor correspondences
between x and y when all loadings |
g |
The root mean squared distance (RMSE) between x and y. |
settings |
List of the settings used. |
See Also
efa_fit() for the solutions being compared, and efa_procrustes() to rotate
one solution onto another before comparing.
Examples
# A type SPSS EFA to mimick the SPSS implementation
EFA_SPSS_6 <- efa_fit(test_models$case_11b$cormat, n_factors = 6,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "SPSS"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "SPSS"))
# A type psych EFA to mimick the psych::fa() implementation
EFA_psych_6 <- efa_fit(test_models$case_11b$cormat, n_factors = 6,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "psych"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "psych"))
# compare the two
efa_compare(EFA_SPSS_6$unrot_loadings, EFA_psych_6$unrot_loadings,
x_labels = c("SPSS", "psych"))
Empirical Kaiser criterion
Description
The empirical Kaiser criterion incorporates random sampling variations of the
eigenvalues from the Kaiser-Guttman criterion (efa_kgc(); see Auerswald &
Moshagen, 2019; Braeken & van Assen, 2017). The implementation follows Braeken
and van Assen (2017).
Usage
efa_ekc(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
type = lifecycle::deprecated()
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
type |
|
Details
The Kaiser-Guttman criterion was defined with the intend that a factor
should only be extracted if it explains at least as much variance as a single
factor (see efa_kgc()). However, this only applies to population-level
correlation matrices. Due to sampling variation, the KGC strongly overestimates
the number of factors to retrieve (e.g., Zwick & Velicer, 1986). To account
for this and to introduce a factor retention method that performs well with
small number of indicators and correlated factors (cases where the performance
of parallel analysis, see efa_parallel(), is known to deteriorate)
Braeken and van Assen (2017) introduced the empirical Kaiser criterion in
which a series of reference eigenvalues is created as a function of the
variables-to-sample-size ratio and the observed eigenvalues.
Braeken and van Assen (2017) showed that "(a) EKC performs about as well as parallel analysis for data arising from the null, 1-factor, or orthogonal factors model; and (b) clearly outperforms parallel analysis for the specific case of oblique factors, particularly whenever factor intercorrelation is moderate to high and the number of variables per factor is small, which is characteristic of many applications these days" (p.463-464).
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A numeric vector of length one, named |
results |
A list with one record, holding the eigenvalues, the reference eigenvalues, and the retained solution used for printing and plotting. |
settings |
A list with the settings used. |
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Braeken, J., & van Assen, M. A. (2017). An empirical Kaiser criterion. Psychological Methods, 22, 450 – 466. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000074
Zwick, W. R., & Velicer, W. F. (1986). Comparison of five rules for determining the number of components to retain. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 432–442. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.99.3.432
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
efa_ekc(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
Exploratory factor analysis (EFA)
Description
This function does an EFA with either PAF, ML, ULS/MINRES,
or DWLS with or without subsequent rotation.
Estimation and rotation are controlled through the control objects built by
estimate_control() and rotate_control(); each accepts a type
("EFAtools", "SPSS", "psych", or "none") that fills in its remaining settings.
Usage
efa_fit(
x,
n_factors,
N = NA,
estimator = c("PAF", "ML", "ULS", "MINRES", "DWLS"),
rotation = c("none", "varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT",
"bifactorT", "promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ",
"bifactorQ"),
se = c("none", "information", "sandwich", "np-boot"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra", "fiml"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
estimate_control = NULL,
rotate_control = NULL,
b_boot = 1000,
ci = 0.95,
seed = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. If raw data is entered, the correlation matrix is found from the data. |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract. Must be at least 1 and
smaller than the number of variables (the common factor model is not identified
otherwise). Use |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a
correlation matrix is used; with raw data,
|
estimator |
character. The estimator used to fit the EFA: "PAF" (principal axis factoring), "ML" (maximum likelihood), "ULS" (unweighted least squares; "MINRES" is an accepted alias returning identical results), or "DWLS" (diagonally weighted least squares, for ordinal data). See the Estimators section in Details for their properties and data requirements. Lower-case versions (e.g., "paf") are also accepted. |
rotation |
character. Either perform no rotation ("none"; default), an orthogonal rotation ("varimax", "equamax", "quartimax", "geominT", "bentlerT", or "bifactorT"), or an oblique rotation ("promax", "oblimin", "quartimin", "simplimax", "bentlerQ", "geominQ", or "bifactorQ"). See the Rotations section in Details for their properties and known issues. |
se |
character. Whether and how to compute standard errors (and matching
confidence intervals): "none" (default), "information" (analytic
standard errors from the expected Fisher information of the ML solution), "sandwich"
(robust "sandwich" standard errors from raw data, which stay reliable under
non-normality or a misspecified estimator weight), or "np-boot" (non-parametric
bootstrap). The
methods differ in their assumptions, their data requirements, and which estimator,
rotation, and |
cor_method |
character. How the correlation is computed from raw data:
|
use |
character. Passed to |
estimate_control |
a control object from |
rotate_control |
a control object from |
b_boot |
numeric. The number of bootstrap samples to draw. Default is 1000.
Must be at least 2, the smallest number from which a standard error is defined.
Under |
ci |
numeric. The level of the confidence intervals: the percentile intervals from
the bootstrap samples under |
seed |
numeric. An optional seed for the random-number generator. |
... |
Additional arguments forwarded to the rotation engine (usually not needed); an unrecognized one is an error, not a setting that is silently ignored. |
Details
Estimators
The estimator is chosen with estimator.
-
PAF (principal axis factoring) iteratively estimates the communalities and makes no distributional assumptions, which makes it robust and a good general-purpose default. Because it minimises no likelihood or weighted discrepancy it provides no model chi-square, and hence no chi-square-based fit indices (see Fit indices).
-
ML (maximum likelihood) maximises the normal-theory likelihood. It yields the full set of fit indices and is the only estimator with analytic expected-information standard errors (
se = "information"), but it assumes multivariate normality and is the most prone to Heywood (improper) cases. Its starting values are set bystart_method. -
ULS (unweighted least squares) minimises the sum of squared correlation residuals. "MINRES" (minimum residual) is the same estimator under a different name and returns identical results. It makes no normality assumption, is robust to mild non-normality, and yields the full set of fit indices.
-
DWLS (diagonally weighted least squares) is the recommended estimator for ordinal data. It weights each off-diagonal correlation residual by the inverse asymptotic variance of the corresponding polychoric correlation (Muthén, du Toit, & Spisic, 1997), reproducing the loadings of a diagonally weighted least squares fit. It therefore requires raw ordinal data with
cor_method = "poly"or"tetra". Because the weighting follows the polychoric asymptotic covariance, the matrix and the weights are estimated on the listwise-complete cases. Its fit-index behaviour is described under Fit indices.
Correlation methods
When raw data are supplied, cor_method selects how the correlation matrix is computed
(it is ignored when a correlation matrix is entered directly).
-
"pearson" (default), "spearman", and "kendall" are passed to
stats::cor(). The factor model assumes a Pearson correlation, but a rank correlation is analysed on its own scale, not converted to a Pearson-equivalent value; Kendall's tau in particular gives the most attenuated loadings of the three. For ordinal items prefer"poly"/"tetra"below, which estimate the correlation of the underlying continuous variables. -
"poly" / "tetra" compute polychoric / tetrachoric correlations for ordinal / binary data, assuming an underlying bivariate-normal latent variable. They use a two-step estimator. The polychoric asymptotic covariance that underlies both the DWLS weights and the scaled (sandwich) statistic relies on large-sample theory that degrades for empty or near-empty response-category combinations; with very sparse cells the resulting weights and standard errors can be unreliable (a warning is issued when empty cells are present), so interpret them with caution and consider collapsing rare categories. Each of the
p(p - 1)/2variable pairs is a separate numerical optimisation, so a polychoric matrix takes much longer to compute than a Pearson one, and the difference grows quadratically in the number of variables; withse = "np-boot"the whole matrix is re-estimated for every bootstrap replicate. -
"fiml" estimates a two-stage full-information maximum-likelihood correlation. The saturated multivariate-normal mean and covariance are estimated from raw data with missing values by an EM algorithm assuming the data are missing at random (Yuan, Marshall, & Bentler, 2002; Little & Rubin, 2002), and the standardized covariance is then analysed. The model fit indices are corrected two-stage statistics wherever the correction can be formed (see Fit indices).
"fiml"uses every case and handles the missingness itself, souseis ignored; it supplies a continuous (Pearson-type) correlation only and is therefore not compatible withestimator = "DWLS". Standard errors are available analytically forestimator = "ML"or"ULS"and, for any estimator, by the non-parametric bootstrap (see Standard errors). For multiply imputed data,efa_mi()is the alternative route to handling missingness. Both routes assume the values are missing at random (MAR), and which one to prefer is largely practical: FIML is a single, efficient fit and is the simpler default when the analysis model is the whole story, whereas multiple imputation is more flexible when the imputation model should draw on auxiliary variables not in the factor model, or when the same imputations feed several downstream analyses.
Rotations
A rotation transforms the unrotated loadings toward a simpler, more interpretable
pattern; all rotations are performed by rotation engines built into the package.
Orthogonal rotations keep the factors uncorrelated, whereas oblique rotations let them
correlate (returning a pattern matrix, a structure matrix, and the factor
intercorrelations Phi) and are usually more realistic for psychological constructs.
For an oblique solution the pattern matrix (rot_loadings) holds each variable's
unique contribution from each factor, with the other factors partialled out; it is what
is normally interpreted and reported. The structure matrix
(Structure = rot_loadings %*% Phi) holds the plain variable-factor correlations, which
are inflated by the factor intercorrelations. The two coincide only when Phi is the
identity, which is why an orthogonal rotation returns rot_loadings alone.
Orthogonal rotations:
-
varimax maximises the variance of the squared loadings within each factor (column simplicity). It is the most widely used orthogonal rotation and spreads variance across factors rather than concentrating it in a general factor.
-
quartimax simplifies the variables (rows) so that each loads mainly on one factor; it tends to produce a strong general factor.
-
equamax is a Crawford-Ferguson compromise between varimax (column) and quartimax (row) simplicity.
-
geominT uses a geometric-mean criterion that rewards a sparse pattern and tolerates variables with cross-loadings; a smaller offset
deltagives a sparser solution but sharper local minima. -
bentlerT uses Bentler's invariant pattern simplicity criterion.
-
bifactorT is the Jennrich-Bentler orthogonal bifactor criterion: a general factor plus group factors (bifactor simple structure). It needs at least two group factors (
n_factors >= 3): with two factors the criterion is identically zero, so no rotation is performed and the unrotated loadings are returned with a warning.
Oblique rotations:
-
promax is a fast two-step rotation: a varimax solution is raised to a power (controlled by
kandp_type) to form a target that is then fitted obliquely. -
quartimin simplifies the variables (rows), like quartimax, so each loads mainly on one factor, but factors are allowed to correlate.
-
oblimin is quartimin with a tunable argument,
gam(default 0, i.e. quartimin itself); turning it up trades some of that row simplicity for more strongly correlated factors, and can drive the solution toward factor collapse, so inspectPhibefore interpreting a fit withgam > 0. -
simplimax drives the
ksmallest loadings toward zero. Its criterion is only piecewise smooth and strongly multimodal, which makes it by far the most start-dependent rotation offered here: different random seeds can reach noticeably different solutions. Because every start is fully optimised (there is no screening stage), raisingrandom_startsto several hundred costs proportionally more time but buys a better optimum. -
bentlerQ is the oblique Bentler invariant pattern simplicity criterion.
-
geominQ is the oblique geomin criterion; it handles complex (cross-loading) structure well but is multimodal, so it benefits from more
random_starts(and uses a more thorough multi-start search internally). -
bifactorQ is the oblique (correlated) Jennrich-Bentler bifactor criterion, with the same two-group-factor requirement as bifactorT.
Prefer an oblique rotation unless there is a substantive reason to force the factors to
be uncorrelated: if Phi comes back near zero the oblique solution is essentially the
orthogonal one anyway, whereas imposing orthogonality on genuinely correlated factors
distorts the pattern.
The criterion-based rotations (all except varimax and promax) are fitted by gradient
projection with random_starts random starts to guard against local minima; the
complexity criteria (simplimax and geominQ in particular) are the most multimodal. The
starts are drawn from the random-number generator, so different starts can reach
genuinely different optima and such a fit is reproducible only when the generator is
controlled: pass seed, or call base::set.seed() beforehand.
Standard errors
se selects whether and how standard errors (and matching confidence intervals) are
computed. Which quantities they cover depends on the method. The analytic methods
("information" and "sandwich") cover the unrotated loadings, the uniquenesses and
the communalities and, when a rotation is applied, the rotated loadings and – for
oblique rotations – the factor correlations and the structure coefficients. The
bootstrap ("np-boot") covers the unrotated loadings, the residuals, and the fit
indices and, when a rotation is applied, the rotated loadings and – for oblique
rotations – the factor correlations and the structure coefficients; it reports no
uniqueness or communality standard errors.
-
"none" (default) computes no standard errors.
-
"information" returns analytic standard errors from the expected (Fisher) information matrix of the maximum-likelihood solution, and therefore requires
estimator = "ML"andcor_method = "pearson"(or"fiml", see below). The rotated standard errors are obtained by propagating the unrotated-loading covariance through the rotation (Jennrich, 1973); because rotated quantities do not depend on how the unrotated solution happens to be oriented, they are directly comparable across programs. Unlike the bootstrap it also works from a correlation matrix as long asNis supplied. These standard errors assume multivariate normality and a correctly specified model; under heavy-tailed data or model misfit they can understate the sampling variability, where"sandwich"or"np-boot"are more robust.The rotated loadings,
Phi, the structure coefficients, the uniquenesses, and the communalities do not depend on how the unrotated solution happens to be oriented, and so are comparable across programs. The unrotated loading standard errors are not: a program using a different orientation will report different unrotated loading standard errors for the same fit. That orientation can also fail to be well defined – for example when two factors are of near-equal strength – in which case the unrotated loadings have no well-defined sampling distribution and their standard errors diverge.efa_fit()detects this and returnsNAfor the unrotated loading standard errors with a warning, rather than reporting a number that looks like a standard error but is an artefact of the orientation; the rotated loadings,Phi, the structure coefficients, the uniquenesses, and the communalities are unaffected and still reported. Use those, orse = "np-boot", when the unrotated loadings themselves are the quantity of interest. This detection applies to every analytic route (the Pearson and polychoric paths and the two-stagecor_method = "fiml"sandwich alike). A Heywood case (a uniqueness at its lower boundary) is separate and more severe: there the wholeSE/CIblock comes backNAwith a warning, because the standard-error approximation fails for every parameter. The scaled chi-square (from"sandwich", or fromcor_method = "fiml") does not rely on that approximation and is still reported, so the fit indices are unaffected. -
"sandwich" returns robust ("sandwich") standard errors estimated from raw data, combining the estimator weight with a distribution-free covariance of the correlations, so it stays valid under non-normality and weight misspecification (Browne, 1984; Satorra & Bentler, 1994). It is available either for ordinal data with
cor_method = "poly"or"tetra"andestimatorone of"ML","ULS", or"DWLS", or for continuous data withcor_method = "pearson"andestimator = "ML"or"ULS". It reports the same coverage as"information"and additionally fills the model fit's chi-square block with a scaled chi-square (see Fit indices); the statistic reported aschiis always the scaled-and-shifted one (flagged bychi_scaled_type), and a mean-adjusted alternative is returned alongside it aschi_mean_adjusted. Because the covariance must describe the same cases as the correlation matrix, the sandwich (likeestimator = "DWLS") is computed on the listwise-complete cases; on data with missing values the reportedN, the correlation matrix, and the point estimate therefore reflect the complete cases regardless ofuse. -
"np-boot" draws a non-parametric (case-resampling) bootstrap and needs raw data. A correlation matrix carries no cases to resample; alone among the unsupported combinations this one does not error but warns and downgrades
seto"none", so the fit is returned without anSEslot. It is the most general method – available for anyestimator,rotation, andcor_method– and the most robust to non-normality and misfit, at the cost of speed; its intervals are bootstrap percentile intervals. The replicate fits run across replicates with thefutureframework; by default they run sequentially, but registering a plan withfuture::plan()runs them in parallel instead, as the examples show. With a fixedseedthe bootstrap is reproducible and yields the same result regardless of the number of workers. Undercor_method = "fiml"each resample also re-runs the EM moment estimation and is therefore slow, so a smallerb_bootmay be advisable.The percentile intervals are centred on the point estimate for the loadings, the factor correlations, the structure coefficients, and the residuals, but not for the indices derived from the chi-square (
RMSEA,AIC,BIC, andECVI): a resample already carries the model's own misfit, so those intervals ride upward and can even place the point estimate below their own lower bound. Read them as a spread rather than a range for the point estimate; correcting that shift needs resampling from a population transformed to fit the model (Bollen & Stine, 1992), which is not what this bootstrap does.CFIandTLIare not affected, being ratios in which the baseline chi-square shifts along with the model one.
The analytic methods ("information" and "sandwich") are not available with the
"promax" or "simplimax" rotations, which have no supported analytic route for the
rotated standard errors; use "np-boot" there. Under cor_method = "fiml",
"information" and "sandwich" instead return, for estimator = "ML" or "ULS",
corrected two-stage sandwich standard errors (Yuan & Bentler, 2000; Savalei & Bentler,
2009). estimator = "PAF" carries no Stage-2 weight to build the sandwich from, so use
se = "np-boot" there instead.
Fit indices
For ML and ULS, efa_fit() returns the model chi-square (with its p-value and degrees of
freedom), the Comparative Fit Index (CFI; Bentler, 1990), the Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI,
also called the non-normed fit index; Tucker & Lewis, 1973), the Root Mean Square Error
of Approximation (RMSEA) with its 90% confidence interval (Browne & Cudeck, 1992), the
Akaike and Bayesian Information Criteria (AIC, BIC), the Expected Cross-Validation Index
(ECVI; Browne & Cudeck, 1989), the Root Mean Squared Residual (RMSR), the Standardized
Root Mean Squared Residual (SRMR; Bentler, 1995), and the common-part-accounted-for
(CAF) index (Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, & Kiers, 2011). They come with the
independence-baseline statistics chi_null, df_null, and p_null. On the unscaled ML
and ULS paths chi_null is Bartlett's test of sphericity; a scaled chi-square, and the
two-stage statistic of a cor_method = "fiml" fit, each carry their own baseline
instead.
The degrees of freedom depend on the number of variables and factors; the baseline
degrees of freedom df_null are p(p - 1)/2 for p variables.
RMSR is the root mean square of the off-diagonal residuals; SRMR rescales it by a
fixed factor that depends only on the number of variables. The print and summary
methods show SRMR, not RMSR; RMSR remains in the returned object for backward
compatibility. Both are computed over the same residuals, so an unavailable residual
leaves both NA. (psych's rms uses a different divisor and equals
RMSR/\sqrt{2}; the two are not directly comparable.)
The model chi-square is the Bartlett-corrected discrepancy (matching
stats::factanal() for ML). For ULS it is the same maximum-likelihood discrepancy,
evaluated at the ULS-fitted solution, as in psych::fa() – not the least-squares
criterion lavaan reports as its standard ULS test statistic, so the two are not
comparable. AIC and BIC are built on this chi-square and can therefore be negative;
ECVI (built on the same chi-square plus a non-negative penalty) cannot. Because of the
Bartlett correction, ECVI differs slightly from the uncorrected Browne-Cudeck form
reported by lavaan and Mplus (their AIC/BIC use an unrelated log-likelihood-based
formula, so they are not comparable). On the unscaled ML/ULS path, CFI and
TLI are computed on a slightly different discrepancy scale than the reported
chi-square, so you cannot recompute one from the other by hand there; on the scaled
(sandwich) and FIML paths, the reported chi and chi_null are exactly the pair the
indices use.
Which indices are reported depends on the estimator:
-
ML and ULS compute the full set above.
-
PAF returns only the descriptive residual indices (RMSR, SRMR, CAF) and df; the printed model-fit block shows CAF and SRMR. The chi-square-based indices are
NA, because PAF minimises no discrepancy. -
DWLS by default returns only RMSR, SRMR, CAF, and df, because the ordinary maximum-likelihood discrepancy is not its fit function. When
se = "sandwich", a scaled chi-square and the CFI, TLI, and RMSEA derived from it are reported (AIC and BIC remainNA); that statistic is a two-stage correction applied to the polychoric correlation residuals (Browne, 1984), not identical to the full WLSMV test of lavaan or Mplus, which also corrects for the response thresholds. -
cor_method = "fiml"(with ML or ULS) reports two-stage-corrected statistics (Yuan, Marshall, & Bentler, 2002); AIC, BIC, and ECVI are leftNA, as for any scaled chi-square. The correction itself can be degenerate – typically with a small sample, a high proportion of missing values, or near-collinear variables – in which case an uncorrected likelihood-ratio statistic is reported in its place with a warning, and the print methods label that lineuncorrectedrather thanscaled; read its p-value and the CFI, TLI, and RMSEA derived from it as indicative only.
Beyond the estimator, the chi-square and everything derived from it are NA whenever
the statistic itself is undefined: when N is not supplied, when the model is
underidentified (a negative df), and when a positive N is too small relative to the
number of variables and factors for the small-sample correction to remain valid. Each
case raises its own warning. The residual summaries (RMSR, SRMR, CAF) and the degrees
of freedom are still returned there, but residual size does not establish that a model
is identified: below zero degrees of freedom a near-zero residual is an artefact of
over-parameterisation, not close fit.
Whenever the chi-square is a scaled one (se = "sandwich", or a cor_method = "fiml"
fit whose correction could be formed), AIC, BIC, and ECVI are NA; see the
fit_indices entry in Value for the additional components then returned. AIC, BIC,
and ECVI are NA on every cor_method = "fiml" fit, including the uncorrected
fallback above. Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, and Kiers (2011) describe CAF as ranging from
0 to 1, with values near 1 indicating close fit; that does not hold here, where a
well-fitting model produces a CAF near 0.5, not near 1. Read it as a relative rather
than an absolute measure.
Available combinations
Not every estimator, rotation, standard-error, and correlation method can be combined:
-
Estimator and correlation method.
estimator = "DWLS"requires ordinal data withcor_method = "poly"or"tetra".cor_method = "fiml"works with PAF, ML, and ULS (not DWLS) and needs raw data with missing values. -
Standard errors.
se = "information"requiresestimator = "ML"andcor_method = "pearson"or"fiml", and can be computed from a correlation matrix whenNis supplied.se = "sandwich"requires raw data, with either a polychoric/tetrachoriccor_method(ML, ULS, or DWLS) or a Pearsoncor_method(ML or ULS); it is not available for PAF. Undercor_method = "fiml","information"and"sandwich"are available for ML and ULS only and both return the corrected two-stage sandwich.se = "np-boot"requires raw data and works with any estimator, rotation, and correlation method. Neither"information"nor"sandwich"is available with the"promax"or"simplimax"rotations. -
Fit indices. The chi-square-based indices are available for ML and ULS (and, as scaled statistics, for
cor_method = "fiml"and for DWLS withse = "sandwich"); PAF and DWLS otherwise report only the descriptive residual indices.
Value
A list of class c("efa", "EFA") containing (a subset of) the following:
orig_R |
Original correlation matrix. |
h2_init |
Initial communality estimates from PAF. |
h2 |
Final communality estimates from the unrotated solution. |
orig_eigen |
Eigen values of the original correlation matrix. |
init_eigen |
Initial eigenvalues, obtained from the correlation matrix with the initial communality estimates as diagonal in PAF. |
final_eigen |
Eigenvalues obtained from the correlation matrix with the final communality estimates as diagonal. |
iter |
For PAF, the number of iterations until convergence. For ML, ULS, and DWLS, the number of objective-function evaluations used by the optimiser (not the number of optimiser iterations). |
convergence |
Integer convergence code (0 = converged), using the codes of
|
heywood |
A named integer vector indicating which variables have a Heywood (improper) case in the unrotated solution; empty if there are none. |
unrot_loadings |
Loading matrix containing the final unrotated loadings. |
vars_accounted |
Matrix of explained variances and sums of squared loadings. Based
on the unrotated loadings. Its rows are |
fit_indices |
A named list of fit indices computed from the unrotated
loadings. ML and ULS report the full set: the model Chi Square (with its
p-value and df), CFI, TLI, RMSEA with its 90% confidence interval, AIC, BIC,
ECVI, RMSR, SRMR, and CAF. PAF and DWLS report only RMSR, SRMR, CAF, and df;
the Chi-Square-based indices are |
model_implied_R |
The model implied correlation matrix. |
residuals |
Residual correlations, i.e., orig_R - model_implied_R |
standardized_residuals |
Residual correlations standardized by their
bootstrap standard errors. Only returned, if |
rot_loadings |
Loading matrix containing the final rotated loadings. For an oblique rotation this is the pattern matrix – each variable's unique contribution from each factor, with the other factors partialled out – and is the matrix normally interpreted (see Rotations). |
Phi |
The factor intercorrelations (only for oblique rotations). |
Structure |
The structure matrix |
rotmat |
The rotation matrix. The rotated loadings are recovered from the
unrotated loadings as |
vars_accounted_rot |
Matrix of explained variances and sums of squared
loadings. Based on rotated loadings and, for oblique rotations, the factor
intercorrelations. Same rows as |
settings |
A list of the settings used, including
When |
fiml |
Diagnostics of the FIML correlation's EM estimation, present only for
|
SE |
A named list of standard error matrices, returned only when |
CI |
A named list of confidence intervals of width |
replicates |
A named list of raw bootstrap replicate arrays – the aligned
loadings, |
vcov_unrot_loadings |
The full unrotated-loading covariance matrix behind
|
Gamma |
The asymptotic covariance of the off-diagonal sample correlations –
the meat of the robust sandwich SEs. A |
Source
Bollen, K. A., & Stine, R. A. (1992). Bootstrapping goodness-of-fit measures in structural equation models. Sociological Methods & Research, 21, 205–229. doi: 10.1177/0049124192021002004
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x
Hendrickson, A. E., & White, P. O. (1964). Promax: A quick method for rotation to oblique simple structure. British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 17 , 65–70. doi: 10.1111/j.2044-8317.1964.tb00244.x
Lorenzo-Seva, U., Timmerman, M. E., & Kiers, H. A. L. (2011). The Hull Method for Selecting the Number of Common Factors, Multivariate Behavioral Research, 46, 340-364, doi: 10.1080/00273171.2011.564527
Kaiser, H. F. (1958). The varimax criterion for analytic rotation in factor analysis. Psychometrika, 23, 187–200. doi: 10.1007/BF02289233
Lawley, D. N., & Maxwell, A. E. (1971). Factor analysis as a statistical method (2nd ed.). Butterworths.
Cudeck, R. (1989). Analysis of correlation matrices using covariance structure models. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 317–327. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.105.2.317
Olkin, I., & Siotani, M. (1976). Asymptotic distribution of functions of a correlation matrix. In S. Ikeda (Ed.), Essays in probability and statistics (pp. 235–251). Shinko Tsusho.
Jennrich, R. I. (1973). Standard errors for obliquely rotated factor loadings. Psychometrika, 38, 593–604. doi: 10.1007/BF02291497
Zhang, G., & Preacher, K. J. (2015). Factor rotation and standard errors in exploratory factor analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 40, 579–603. doi: 10.3102/1076998615606098
Browne, M. W. (1984). Asymptotically distribution-free methods for the analysis of covariance structures. British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology, 37, 62–83. doi: 10.1111/j.2044-8317.1984.tb00789.x
Satorra, A., & Bentler, P. M. (1994). Corrections to test statistics and standard errors in covariance structure analysis. In A. von Eye & C. C. Clogg (Eds.), Latent variables analysis: Applications for developmental research (pp. 399–419). Sage.
Asparouhov, T., & Muthén, B. (2010). Simple second order chi-square correction. Mplus Technical Appendix.
Muthén, B., du Toit, S. H. C., & Spisic, D. (1997). Robust inference using weighted least squares and quadratic estimating equations in latent variable modeling with categorical and continuous outcomes. Unpublished manuscript.
Yuan, K.-H., & Bentler, P. M. (2000). Three likelihood-based methods for mean and covariance structure analysis with nonnormal missing data. Sociological Methodology, 30, 165–200. doi: 10.1111/0081-1750.00078
Yuan, K.-H., Marshall, L. L., & Bentler, P. M. (2002). A unified approach to exploratory factor analysis with missing data, nonnormal data, and in the presence of outliers. Psychometrika, 67, 95–121. doi: 10.1007/BF02294711
Savalei, V., & Bentler, P. M. (2009). A two-stage approach to missing data: Theory and application to auxiliary variables. Structural Equation Modeling, 16, 477–497. doi: 10.1080/10705510903008238
Little, R. J. A., & Rubin, D. B. (2002). Statistical analysis with missing data (2nd ed.). Wiley.
Bartlett, M. S. (1951). The effect of standardization on a Chi-square approximation in factor analysis. Biometrika, 38, 337–344.
Bentler, P. M. (1990). Comparative fit indexes in structural models. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 238–246. doi: 10.1037/0033-2909.107.2.238
Tucker, L. R., & Lewis, C. (1973). A reliability coefficient for maximum likelihood factor analysis. Psychometrika, 38, 1–10. doi: 10.1007/BF02291170
Browne, M. W., & Cudeck, R. (1989). Single sample cross-validation indices for covariance structures. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 24, 445–455. doi: 10.1207/s15327906mbr2404_4
Browne, M. W., & Cudeck, R. (1992). Alternative ways of assessing model fit. Sociological Methods & Research, 21, 230–258. doi: 10.1177/0049124192021002005
Bentler, P. M. (1995). EQS structural equations program manual. Multivariate Software.
See Also
estimate_control() and rotate_control() for the estimation and rotation
tuning knobs. efa_retain() for choosing n_factors, and efa_scores(),
efa_reliability(), efa_schmid_leiman(), and efa_compare() for working with the
fitted solution.
Other factor analysis:
efa_average(),
efa_group(),
efa_mi(),
plot.efa_group(),
print.efa_group()
Examples
# Principal axis factoring with oblimin rotation
mod_oblimin <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
rotation = "oblimin")
mod_oblimin
summary(mod_oblimin)
# ML estimation with oblimin rotation
mod_oblimin <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "ML", rotation = "oblimin")
mod_oblimin
summary(mod_oblimin)
# Tuning knobs are supplied through the control objects. Here the SPSS preset is
# used for the estimation and rotation, with the maximum PAF iterations raised.
mod_spss <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
rotation = "promax",
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "SPSS", max_iter = 500),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "SPSS"))
mod_spss
# Analytic (expected-information) standard errors for the above
ML_info <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "ML", rotation = "oblimin", se = "information")
ML_info
summary(ML_info)
# Robust (sandwich) standard errors and a scaled chi-square for ordinal raw data.
# These need a polychoric/tetrachoric correlation method and estimator ML, ULS, or DWLS.
DWLS_rob <- efa_fit(DOSPERT_raw, n_factors = 6, cor_method = "poly",
estimator = "DWLS", rotation = "oblimin", se = "sandwich")
DWLS_rob
summary(DWLS_rob)
# The same robust SEs and scaled chi-square for continuous data: a Pearson
# correlation with estimator ML or ULS (the fourth-moment ADF covariance).
ML_rob <- efa_fit(GRiPS_raw, n_factors = 1, cor_method = "pearson",
estimator = "ML", rotation = "none", se = "sandwich")
ML_rob
summary(ML_rob)
# Two-stage FIML correlations from raw data with missing values: the saturated
# multivariate-normal moments are EM-estimated (assuming the data are missing at
# random) and the standardized covariance is analysed.
x_miss <- GRiPS_raw
x_miss[cbind(1:20, 1)] <- NA
efa_fiml <- efa_fit(x_miss, n_factors = 1, estimator = "ML", cor_method = "fiml")
efa_fiml
## Not run:
# Bootstrap standard errors from raw data, reproducible via a fixed seed and run
# in parallel across replicates. future::plan() returns the plan it replaces, so
# on.exit() puts the session back as it was -- also if the fit fails.
efa_boot <- local({
old_plan <- future::plan(future::multisession, workers = 2)
on.exit(future::plan(old_plan), add = TRUE)
efa_fit(GRiPS_raw, n_factors = 1, estimator = "PAF", rotation = "none",
se = "np-boot", b_boot = 1000, seed = 42)
})
## End(Not run)
Multigroup exploratory factor analysis
Description
Fit an exploratory factor analysis in each of several groups at a common
number of factors and bring the per-group solutions into one shared
orientation so their loadings can be compared. Each group is fitted with
efa_fit(); the solutions are then aligned either to a symmetric consensus target
or to a chosen reference group (see Alignment).
Usage
efa_group(
x,
groups = NULL,
n_factors,
N = NA,
reference_group = NULL,
b_boot = 0L,
ci = 0.95,
seed = NULL,
delta = 0.1,
invariance = FALSE,
se = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
A data frame or matrix of raw data (with |
groups |
A vector with one value per row of |
n_factors |
numeric. The common number of factors extracted in every group. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations per group, used only for
correlation-matrix input: either a single value applied to all groups or one
value per group. Ignored for raw data, where |
reference_group |
The group to align the others to (a group name or an
integer index). If |
b_boot |
numeric. The number of non-parametric bootstrap replicates used to
form percentile confidence intervals for the between-group Tucker congruences.
|
ci |
numeric. The confidence level for the bootstrap congruence intervals, a
single value in |
seed |
numeric or |
delta |
numeric. The salience threshold for the per-item loading-difference flag
table: an item's loading on a factor is flagged for a group pair when the groups'
aligned loadings differ by at least The geomin rotations take a criterion parameter of the same name. A |
invariance |
logical. Whether to add an approximate-invariance verdict per factor and
group pair from the Lorenzo-Seva and ten Berge (2006) congruence bands (see Value).
Default is |
se |
Not used. |
... |
Additional arguments passed to A rotation-engine extra that shares a name with an |
Details
Input
Groups can be supplied in two ways: raw data together with a grouping vector
(x a data frame or matrix, groups one value per row), or a named list of
per-group data sets in x (with groups left NULL). The list may hold raw
data frames or correlation matrices (supply N), but not a mix of the two.
All groups must contain the same items in the same order; a different item set
or order is an error rather than being silently reordered.
Every group is fitted at the same n_factors. Extra arguments in ... (for example
estimator, rotation, cor_method, or an estimate_control() / rotate_control()
carrying the tuning knobs) are forwarded unchanged to each efa_fit() call, so the
estimator and rotation are common to all groups.
The requested number of factors must be small enough, relative to the number of items,
for the n_factors-factor model to be identified for the shared item set. Unlike a single
efa_fit() fit – which only warns on an under-identified model – a multigroup fit aborts
when this fails, because a shared alignment target across an under-identified group is not
interpretable.
Alignment
A factor solution is identified only up to a rotation of its factors, so the per-group solutions must be brought into a common orientation before their loadings can be compared. Two strategies are available and are chosen automatically:
-
Consensus (the default for orthogonal rotations and for unrotated solutions): a symmetric target is built across all groups using Generalized Procrustes Analysis (Gower, 1975), and every group's loadings are rotated to it. Because this target's own orientation is arbitrary, it is then rotated once more into a fixed convention (called the gauge), and the same transform is applied to every group. The gauge uses the same simple-structure criterion as the requested rotation, applied to the target itself, so the shared loadings are in the same kind of frame as the per-group solutions they summarise. Where no rotation criterion identifies a unique frame (an unrotated solution, or a two-factor
bifactorTrequest), the target's principal-axes orientation is used instead. Either way the columns are ordered by decreasing sum of squares and signed by their column sums, and the shared orientation – and hence every reported congruence, difference, and flag – does not depend on the order the groups are supplied, to well beyond the precision loadings are reported at. -
Reference: every group's loadings are aligned by Procrustes rotation to one reference group's loadings, which are kept fixed. This path is used when
reference_groupis given, and is used automatically for oblique rotations because the consensus iteration is not defined for oblique transforms with more than one factor. When an oblique rotation triggers the reference path without an explicitreference_group, the first group is used and a message reports this; the requested rotation is never silently changed.
In both cases the returned per-group loadings share the column order and sign
of the returned target.
Comparing the aligned loadings
Because the per-group loadings share one orientation, they can be compared cell by cell.
efa_group() reports a per-pair summary of their differences (diffs) and a per-item,
per-factor flag table (flags) marking cells whose absolute difference reaches delta; a
bootstrap (b_boot > 0) additionally reports, for every cell, whether its difference's
confidence interval excludes zero. With invariance = TRUE, each factor and group pair also gets an
approximate-invariance verdict based on the matched Tucker congruence (see Value for the
similarity bands and how a bootstrap is used).
Value
An object of class efa_group, a list containing:
loadings |
A named list of the aligned per-group loading matrices. Their
columns match the columns of |
target |
The alignment target: the symmetric consensus target, or the reference group's own loadings. |
Phi |
A named list of the aligned per-group factor intercorrelations for
an oblique rotation; |
congruence |
Tucker congruence between the aligned group loadings, a list
with: |
diffs |
A data frame with one row per group pair summarising the differences
between their aligned loadings: the mean, median, minimum, and maximum absolute
difference, the root-mean-square difference ( |
flags |
A data frame with one row per group pair, item, and factor giving the signed
loading difference ( |
invariance |
When |
efa |
The named list of per-group |
alignment |
The alignment result: the consensus object (see
|
settings |
A list of the settings used, including the per-group |
References
Efron, B., & Tibshirani, R. J. (1993). An Introduction to the Bootstrap. Chapman & Hall.
Gower, J. C. (1975). Generalized Procrustes analysis. Psychometrika, 40, 33-51. doi: 10.1007/BF02291478
Lorenzo-Seva, U., and ten Berge, J. M. F. (2006). Tucker's congruence coefficient as a meaningful index of factor similarity. Methodology, 2, 57-64. doi: 10.1027/1614-2241.2.2.57
See Also
Other factor analysis:
efa_average(),
efa_fit(),
efa_mi(),
plot.efa_group(),
print.efa_group()
Examples
# Raw data split by a grouping vector (unrotated, consensus alignment)
g <- rep(c("g1", "g2"), length.out = nrow(GRiPS_raw))
mg <- efa_group(GRiPS_raw, groups = g, n_factors = 1)
mg$loadings
# Per-pair difference summary and the per-item salience-flag table
mg$diffs
mg$flags
# Percentile bootstrap confidence intervals for the between-group congruences, with an
# approximate-invariance verdict read conservatively off the congruence CI lower bound
mg_ci <- efa_group(GRiPS_raw, groups = g, n_factors = 1, b_boot = 100, seed = 42,
invariance = TRUE)
mg_ci$congruence$matched_ci
mg_ci$invariance
# A named list of correlation matrices sharing the same items, common
# three-factor model, orthogonal rotation -> symmetric consensus target
bands <- list(age_6_8 = WJIV_ages_6_8$cormat, age_14_19 = WJIV_ages_14_19$cormat)
Ns <- c(WJIV_ages_6_8$N, WJIV_ages_14_19$N)
efa_group(bands, n_factors = 3, N = Ns, rotation = "varimax")
# An oblique rotation aligns to a reference group (reported via a message)
efa_group(bands, n_factors = 3, N = Ns, rotation = "promax")
Hull method for determining the number of factors to retain
Description
Implementation of the Hull method suggested by Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, and Kiers (2011), with an extension to principal axis factoring. See details for parallelization.
Usage
efa_hull(
x,
N = NA,
n_fac_theor = NA,
estimator = c("PAF", "ULS", "ML"),
gof = c("CAF", "CFI", "RMSEA"),
eigen_type = c("SMC", "PCA", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
n_factors = 1,
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
matrix or data.frame. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. Number of cases in the data. This is passed to efa_parallel. Only has to be specified if x is a correlation matrix, otherwise it is determined based on the dimensions of x. |
n_fac_theor |
numeric. Theoretical number of factors to retain. One plus the larger of this number and the number of factors suggested by efa_parallel is used as the upper bound J of factors to extract in the Hull method. |
estimator |
character. The estimator to use. One of |
gof |
character. The goodness of fit index to use. Either |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found in the
parallel analysis. Can be one of |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Must be at
least 1. Default is 1000. This is passed to |
percent |
numeric. The percentile to take from the simulated eigenvalues.
Default is 95. This is passed to |
decision_rule |
character. Which rule to use to determine the number of
factors to retain. Default is |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if |
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Further arguments passed to |
Details
The Hull method aims to find a model with an optimal balance between
model fit and number of parameters, retaining only major factors
(Lorenzo-Seva, Timmerman, & Kiers, 2011). It fits 0 to J factors – where
J is the number of factors suggested by parallel analysis (or n_fac_theor,
if that is larger), plus one – keeps the solutions on the upper boundary of
the convex hull of goodness-of-fit against degrees of freedom, and selects the
one at the sharpest elbow, i.e. with the highest st value.
Because it trades fit against parsimony instead of testing against a null model
of uncorrelated variables, the Hull method does not lose accuracy for the
correlated-factor structures where parallel analysis (efa_parallel()) tends to
under-extract; the CAF variant in particular was among the more accurate criteria
in Auerswald and Moshagen (2019). It needs at least six indicators and fits a
model at every candidate factor count, so it is comparatively slow and is not an
option for very short scales.
The efa_parallel function and the principal axis factoring of the
different number of factors can be parallelized using the future framework,
by calling the future::plan() function. The examples
provide example code on how to enable parallel processing.
The upper bound J comes from efa_parallel(), which compares against simulated
data, so the suggested number of factors varies slightly from run to run; a
criterion-based rotation passed through ... adds its own random starts. Call
base::set.seed() beforehand to make a run reproducible; the result is then also
independent of the parallel plan.
Note that if gof = "RMSEA" is used, 1 - RMSEA is actually used to
compare the different solutions. This is necessary due to how the heuristic to
locate the elbow of the hull works.
The solutions are fitted without inequality constraints, so a solution can be inadmissible (a Heywood case, or a fit that did not converge). Only the selected solution is checked for this; if it is inadmissible a warning is raised and the retained number of factors should be interpreted with caution.
The ML estimation method uses the psych::fa()
starting values. See also the efa_fit documentation.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector with the suggested number of factors
for each requested goodness-of-fit index ( |
results |
A list with one record per goodness-of-fit index, each holding
the goodness-of-fit values, the degrees of freedom, the hull membership, and
the retained solution used for printing and plotting. Each record also carries
|
settings |
A list of the settings used, including |
For backwards compatibility the per-index suggestions are additionally available
as the top-level fields n_fac_CAF, n_fac_CFI and n_fac_RMSEA, each NA if
that index was not requested in gof. New code should read them from
n_factors instead.
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Lorenzo-Seva, U., Timmerman, M. E., & Kiers, H. A. (2011). The Hull method for selecting the number of common factors. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 46(2), 340-364.
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
# using PAF (this will print a message if gof is not specified manually
# and CAF will be used automatically)
efa_hull(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, gof = "CAF", n_datasets = 100)
# using ML with all available fit indices (CAF, CFI, and RMSEA)
efa_hull(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, estimator = "ML", n_datasets = 100)
# using ULS with only RMSEA
efa_hull(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, estimator = "ULS", gof = "RMSEA",
n_datasets = 100)
## Not run:
# using parallel processing (Note: plans can be adapted, see the future
# package for details). future::plan() returns the plan it replaces, so
# on.exit() puts the session back as it was -- also if the call fails.
local({
old_plan <- future::plan(future::multisession, workers = 2)
on.exit(future::plan(old_plan), add = TRUE)
efa_hull(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, gof = "CAF")
})
## End(Not run)
Kaiser-Guttman criterion
Description
Probably the most popular factor retention criterion. Kaiser and Guttman suggested to retain as many factors as there are sample eigenvalues greater than 1. This is why the criterion is also known as eigenvalues-greater-than-one rule.
Usage
efa_kgc(
x,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors = 1,
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "PCA", "SMC", or "EFA", or some combination of them. If using "PCA",
the diagonal values of the correlation matrices are left to be 1. If using
"SMC", the diagonal of the
correlation matrices is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs)
of the indicators. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an exploratory factor analysis
solution (default is principal axis factoring extracting 1 factor) as
diagonal. Default is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Details
Originally, the Kaiser-Guttman criterion was intended for the use
with principal components, hence with eigenvalues derived from the original
correlation matrix. This can be done here by setting eigen_type to
"PCA". However, it is well-known that this criterion is often inaccurate and
that it tends to overestimate the number of factors, especially for unidimensional
or orthogonal factor structures (e.g., Zwick & Velicer, 1986).
The criterion's inaccuracy in these cases is somewhat addressed if it is
applied on the correlation matrix with communalities in the diagonal, either
initial communalities estimated from SMCs (done setting eigen_type to
"SMC") or final communality estimates from an EFA (done setting eigen_type
to "EFA"; see Auerswald & Moshagen, 2019). However, although this variant
of the KGC is more accurate in some cases compared to the traditional KGC, it
is at the same time less accurate than the PCA-variant in other cases, and it
is still often less accurate than several of the other criteria available here,
such as parallel analysis (efa_parallel()), the Hull method (efa_hull()),
the empirical Kaiser criterion (efa_ekc()), or sequential chi^2 model
tests (efa_smt(); see Auerswald & Moshagen, 2019). Which criteria are
informative depends on the data at hand, so rather than substituting one for
another, run several of them together and compare their suggestions.
The efa_kgc function can also be called together with other factor
retention criteria in the efa_retain() function.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector with the suggested number of factors
for each requested eigenvalue type ( |
results |
A list with one record per eigenvalue type, each holding the eigenvalues and the retained solution used for printing and plotting. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Guttman, L. (1954). Some necessary conditions for common-factor analysis. Psychometrika, 19, 149 –161. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02289162
Kaiser, H. F. (1960). The application of electronic computers to factor analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20, 141–151. https://doi.org/10.1177/001316446002000116
Zwick, W. R., & Velicer, W. F. (1986). Comparison of five rules for determining the number of components to retain. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 432–442. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.99.3.432
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
efa_kgc(test_models$baseline$cormat, eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC"))
Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion
Description
This function computes the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin (KMO) criterion overall and for each variable in a correlation matrix. The KMO represents the degree to which each observed variable is predicted by the other variables in the dataset and with this indicates the suitability for factor analysis.
Usage
efa_kmo(
x,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
use |
character. The missing-data policy for raw data. Passed to
|
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
Details
Kaiser (1970) proposed this index, originally called measure of
sampling adequacy (MSA), that indicates how near the inverted correlation
matrix R^{-1} is to a diagonal matrix to determine a given
correlation matrix's (R) suitability for factor analysis.
The index is
KMO = \frac{\sum_{i \neq j} r_{ij}^2}{\sum_{i \neq j} r_{ij}^2 + \sum_{i \neq j} q_{ij}^2}
with Q = SR^{-1}S and S = (diag R^{-1})^{-1/2} where
\sum_{i \neq j} r_{ij}^2 is the sum of squares of the off-diagonal
elements of R and \sum_{i \neq j} q_{ij}^2 is the sum of squares of
the off-diagonal elements of Q (see also Cureton & D'Agostino, 1983).
So KMO varies between 0 and 1, with larger values indicating higher suitability for factor analysis. Kaiser and Rice (1974) suggest that KMO should at least exceed .50 for a correlation matrix to be suitable for factor analysis.
This function was heavily influenced by the psych::KMO()
function.
See also efa_bartlett() for another test of suitability for factor
analysis.
The efa_kmo function can also be called together with the
efa_bartlett() function and with factor retention criteria in the
efa_retain() function.
Value
A list containing
KMO |
Overall KMO. |
KMO_i |
KMO for each variable. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Kaiser, H. F. (1970). A second generation little jiffy. Psychometrika, 35, 401-415.
Kaiser, H. F. & Rice, J. (1974). Little jiffy, mark IV. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 34, 111-117.
Cureton, E. E. & D'Agostino, R. B. (1983). Factor analysis: An applied approach. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
See Also
efa_bartlett() for another measure to determine
suitability for factor analysis.
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this function,
efa_bartlett() and several factor retention criteria.
Other factor analysis suitability:
efa_bartlett(),
efa_screen(),
print.efa_screen()
Examples
efa_kmo(test_models$baseline$cormat)
Velicer's minimum average partial (MAP) criterion
Description
Computes Velicer's Minimum Average Partial (MAP) criterion for determining the number of
factors/components to retain. The function implements the original MAP criterion
(Velicer, 1976), expressed via the \mathrm{TR2} representation, and the revised
\mathrm{TR4} variant proposed by Velicer, Eaton, and Fava (2000).
Usage
efa_map(
x,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra")
)
Arguments
x |
A numeric |
use |
Character string specifying the treatment of missing values when computing correlations.
Passed to |
cor_method |
Character string specifying the correlation coefficient to be computed if raw
data are supplied. One of |
Details
MAP partials successive principal components out of the correlation matrix and,
after removing m components, summarizes the off-diagonal partial
correlations r^*_{ij} that remain in the m-th partial correlation
matrix M (which has a unit diagonal); the suggested number of factors is
the m that minimizes the criterion. Two criteria are returned, each
rescaling the trace of a matrix power of M by the number of off-diagonal
cells p(p-1):
-
TR2 (original MAP; Velicer, 1976): the average squared off-diagonal partial correlation,
\mathrm{TR2}_m = \frac{\mathrm{tr}(M^2) - p}{p(p-1)} = \frac{\sum_{i \neq j} (r^*_{ij})^2}{p(p-1)},where subtracting
premoves thepunit diagonal entries. -
TR4 (revised MAP; Velicer, Eaton, & Fava, 2000): the analogous fourth-power summary, formed from the trace of the fourth matrix power,
\mathrm{TR4}_m = \frac{\mathrm{tr}(M^4) - p}{p(p-1)}.Moving from the squared to the fourth power downweights the small partial correlations relative to the large ones, which can sharpen the minimum. Unlike TR2,
\mathrm{tr}(M^4)is not the sum of the fourth powers of the individual partial correlations; the matrix power is intended and is what Velicer, Eaton, and Fava (2000) describe.
Both criteria are returned for every call and they can suggest different numbers of factors on the same correlation matrix. Both are in use in the literature and neither is treated as the default here, so be sure to state which of the two you report, as you would for any other analysis choice.
MAP is most dependable when the components are well determined, that is with many
indicators per factor and substantial loadings. It has a well-documented tendency
to under-extract, particularly with few indicators per factor or weak loadings
(Zwick & Velicer, 1986; Auerswald & Moshagen, 2019), so it is best read as a lower
bound and paired with a criterion that errs in the other direction, such as the
Kaiser-Guttman criterion (efa_kgc()).
The criterion is evaluated over m = 0, \ldots, p - 1. Each step standardizes
the partial covariance matrix by its residual standard deviations, which requires
every residual variance to stay positive. Partialling out all but one component
leaves a rank-one residual, so the final point m = p - 1 is undefined for
most correlation matrices and is routinely returned as NA. A residual variance
can also reach zero earlier, most often on a near-singular matrix; the search then
stops there, the criterion values that could be computed are kept, the remaining
values stay NA, and a warning (class efa_map_truncated) reports how far the
grid was searched. In that case the suggested m is the minimum over the
evaluated range only, so it should be read together with the returned series.
A non-positive-definite input correlation matrix (e.g. from sampling error) is
smoothed with psych::cor.smooth().
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() for the
print method). MAP has no plot; plot.efa_retention() returns NULL with a
message for it. Its main elements are:
-
n_factors: A named numeric vector ("TR2","TR4") with the indexmthat minimizes the original (TR2) and revised (TR4) MAP criterion. -
results: A list with one record per criterion, each holding the criterion values overmand, inm_last, the largestmat which the criterion could be evaluated (see details). -
settings: A list containinguseandcor_method.
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Velicer, W. F. (1976). Determining the number of components from the matrix of partial correlations. Psychometrika, 41, 321–327.
Velicer, W. F., Eaton, C. A., & Fava, J. L. (2000). Construct explication through factor or component analysis: A review and evaluation of alternative procedures for determining the number of factors or components. In Goffin, R. D. & Helmes, E. (Eds.), Problems and Solutions in Human Assessment: Honoring Douglas N. Jackson at Seventy (pp. 41–71). Boston: Kluwer.
Zwick, W. R., & Velicer, W. F. (1986). Comparison of five rules for determining the number of components to retain. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 432–442. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.99.3.432
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
## Example with raw data
res <- efa_map(GRiPS_raw)
res
## Example with a correlation matrix
res2 <- efa_map(test_models$baseline$cormat)
res2
Exploratory factor analysis on multiple data imputations
Description
Fits efa_fit() to each of several imputed datasets, aligns the
factor solutions to a common factor space, and pools the resulting estimates
and selected fit quantities across imputations.
Usage
efa_mi(
data_list,
p = 0.05,
target_method = c("first_target", "consensus"),
align_unrotated = c("signed_tucker_congruence", "none", "procrustes"),
fit_pool_method = c("D2"),
consensus_args = list(),
procrustes_args = list(),
rmsea_ci_level = 0.9,
rmsr_upper = lifecycle::deprecated(),
...
)
Arguments
data_list |
A list of length |
p |
Numeric in |
target_method |
Character. How rotated solutions are aligned across imputations
before pooling: |
align_unrotated |
Character. How unrotated loadings are aligned before pooling:
|
fit_pool_method |
Character. Only |
consensus_args |
List of additional arguments controlling the
GPA-consensus iteration when |
procrustes_args |
List of |
rmsea_ci_level |
Numeric. Confidence level for the RMSEA CI. |
rmsr_upper |
|
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Details
efa_mi() is the multiple-imputation route to handling missing data:
several imputed datasets are each fitted with efa_fit() and the solutions pooled.
A single-fit alternative is full-information maximum likelihood, available
directly in efa_fit() as cor_method = "fiml", which EM-estimates a two-stage
correlation from one raw dataset with missing values. Both feed the same
correlation-scale EFA core and differ only in how the missingness is handled;
FIML is intentionally not routed through efa_mi(), which is a multi-fit
pooler by construction.
Both routes assume the values are missing at random (MAR). Which one to prefer is largely practical: FIML is a single, efficient fit and is the simpler default when the analysis model is the whole story, whereas multiple imputation is more flexible when the imputation model should draw on auxiliary variables not in the factor model, or when the same imputations feed several downstream analyses.
Standard-error pooling routes
The pooling pathway is selected automatically from the se method recorded on
the component efa_fit() fits, which must be identical across imputations:
-
se = "none": no standard errors are pooled. -
se = "information": the per-imputation expected-information standard errors are pooled with Rubin's (1987) rules (Wald intervals). -
se = "sandwich": the two-stage pooled-inputs (MI2S) approach fits a single model on the Rubin-pooled correlation matrix and asymptotic covariance. -
se = "np-boot": the non-parametric bootstrap replicates are re-aligned to the multiple-imputation target and Rubin-pooled.
On the information and np-boot routes, if pooled standard errors cannot be
produced (for example an unreliable analytic covariance or too few bootstrap
replicates) the pool falls back to point-estimate-only pooling and downgrades
settings$se to "none". The MI2S route is the exception: its single fit
fuses the point estimates and standard errors through the pooled asymptotic
covariance, so a structural failure aborts directly rather than falling back.
Aligning solutions across imputations
The same efa_fit() model is fitted to each imputed dataset and the solutions are
put into a common factor space before averaging. For oblique solutions the
factor intercorrelations are aligned together with the loadings so the model
stays internally consistent.
target_method controls how rotated solutions are aligned. "first_target"
(the default) aligns every imputation to the first imputation's rotated
solution by one Procrustes rotation each. "consensus" instead refines a
centroid target by Generalized Procrustes Analysis (Gower 1975; van Ginkel &
Kroonenberg 2014; Lorenzo-Seva & Van Ginkel 2016), starting from the medoid
imputation's rotated solution – the one closest in aligned squared distance to
all the others. "consensus" is supported for orthogonal rotations only.
Factor loadings are only unique up to rotation; "gauge" here means which
particular rotation, or orientation, a solution is expressed in. The two
methods differ in the rotational gauge the pooled solution ends up in, and so
in how it responds to the order of data_list. The GPA iteration moves its
target toward the centroid but keeps the gauge of the solution it started from,
so starting it at the medoid – a property of the set, not of the list order –
makes the pooled rotated solution invariant to that order, as the pooled
unrotated solution already is. "first_target" anchors on the first imputation
by construction, so an atypical first imputation fixes the orientation for
every other one. Permuting data_list therefore moves the pooled pattern –
by a few hundredths of a loading unit when imputations are similar, more when
they disagree. For oblique rotations, the factor correlations move with it.
Where the two anchors coincide – and, more generally,
where the imputations agree – the two methods give effectively the same pooled
estimate and "consensus" is simply the more expensive; where they do not, the
pooled patterns differ by the rotation between the two gauges. Passing start
through consensus_args overrides the medoid anchor and makes the consensus
order dependent again.
align_unrotated controls how unrotated loadings are aligned before pooling:
"signed_tucker_congruence" (the default) matches them up to factor reordering
and sign changes, "procrustes" aligns them to the first imputation by
orthogonal Procrustes rotation, and "none" averages them as returned by
efa_fit().
The default anchors the matching on the medoid imputation (defined above)
rather than on whichever imputation happens to come first, so the pooled
unrotated solution does not depend on the order of data_list. The rotated
solution is aligned separately, against a reference chosen by target_method,
and still depends on that reference.
The pooled unrotated matrix is then returned in the same gauge as a single
efa_fit() fit. Its identifying constraint differs by extraction method – a
principal-axis extraction and a maximum-likelihood extraction fix the
rotation differently (Anderson & Rubin 1956; Lawley & Maxwell 1971) – and is
read off each component fit automatically, so the pooled matrix can be
compared element-by-element with an efa_fit() solution. A solution that
meets neither constraint – an improper one, say – is left as aligned. The
correction is a common orthogonal rotation, so communalities, the total
variance accounted for, the model-implied correlation matrix, the residuals,
and RMSR are unchanged; only the split of variance across factors moves.
"procrustes" and "none" keep their first-imputation anchor and are
returned as aligned.
Pooling point estimates
Point estimates are pooled by arithmetic averaging after alignment. For oblique
rotations the structure matrix is recomputed from the pooled pattern matrix and
pooled factor correlations, Structure = \Lambda \Phi, and communalities
are the diagonal of the reproduced correlation matrix,
diag(\Lambda \Phi \Lambda') for oblique rotations and
diag(\Lambda \Lambda') otherwise. Residuals are not averaged across
imputations; they are the pooled observed correlation matrix minus the
model-implied correlation of the pooled solution, so RMSR/SRMR are based on
these pooled residuals. Both are returned, though the print and summary methods
show SRMR only.
Pooling the model chi-square and fit indices
The model chi-square and the indices derived from it (ECVI and the descriptive
AIC/BIC) are pooled with the D2 rule (Li, Meng, Raghunathan &
Rubin, 1991), not arithmetically averaged. RMSEA is pooled by the same rule but
from a second D2 pool of the per-imputation discrepancies taken on the
uncorrected N - 1 scale. The printed RMSEA therefore does not reconcile
by hand with the printed chi-square; the statistic it is formed from is
chi_cfi in mi_diagnostics. Because D2 shrinks the pooled chi-square in
proportion to the between-imputation variability, the pooled RMSEA can fall
below the mean of the per-imputation RMSEAs; read it together with the
per-imputation fit. The incremental indices CFI (Bentler, 1990) and TLI
(Tucker & Lewis, 1973) are instead the average of the per-imputation indices,
which keeps them consistent with the component fits and avoids out-of-range
values; the separately pooled model and baseline chi-squares those indices
would be formed from remain available in mi_diagnostics.
AIC and BIC, if returned, are chi-square-derived descriptive quantities and are
not likelihood-based MI information criteria. They are reported only where the
component fits report them: whenever a component withholds them – any
cor_method = "fiml" fit, and any fit whose chi-square is a scaled statistic,
such as se = "sandwich" – the pooled AIC, BIC, and ECVI are NA too, matching
what efa_fit() returns for a single such fit. On the sandwich/MI2S route the
chi-square is the single fit's scaled statistic rather than a D2 pool.
Bootstrap pooling (np-boot)
If each component efa_fit() call was run with se = "np-boot", pooled bootstrap SEs
and Wald-type MI confidence intervals are computed for loadings, communalities,
residuals, and, when applicable, factor correlations and structure
coefficients. The unrotated bootstrap replicates are re-aligned to the final MI
target before the within-imputation covariance is estimated, and Rubin pooling
is applied with T = Ubar + (1 + 1/m) B. The confidence level of the pooled
intervals is set by p, not by the component efa_fit() calls' ci.
Analytic pooling (information)
With se = "information", the analytic unrotated-loading and uniqueness SEs
returned by each fit are pooled element-wise with Rubin's rules
(T = Ubar + (1 + 1/m) B), with Wald intervals on the plain Rubin (1987)
degrees of freedom (the analytic loadings are asymptotically normal, so the
Barnard-Rubin (1999) adjustment reduces to this form). NA
propagation is fail-closed: if any imputation is NA at an element, all pooled
outputs for that element are NA. When a rotation was requested, the rotated
loadings, communalities, and (for oblique rotations) factor correlations and
structure coefficients are pooled as well; residual SE pooling is available only
on the bootstrap path. Under align_unrotated = "procrustes" the full unrotated
covariance vcov_unrot_loadings (populated by se = "information") is
propagated through the alignment, so it must be present and reliable on every
fit. The default alignment also mixes loading columns, through the common
canonical-gauge rotation, and so propagates the same covariance; where a fit
does not carry it, the unrotated standard errors are returned as NA rather
than aborting, and the remaining families still pool.
A rotated-loading standard error is conditional on the rotation criterion
used (see References). For both orthogonal and oblique rotations the
within-imputation variance is therefore each fit's own
criterion-aware delta-method rotated SE (the quantity efa_fit() returns), reused
after a signed-permutation alignment to the MI target, and the
between-imputation variance is the sample variance of the aligned rotated
loadings. This is a deliberate approximation – each SE is conditional on its
own fit's rotation optimum rather than on a common gauge – and is flagged by
MI$<param>$method = "signed_permutation_approx". Communalities are
rotation-invariant and pool element-wise. For a fully gauge-consistent rotated
uncertainty, cross-check with se = "np-boot".
Two-stage pooling (sandwich / MI2S)
With se = "sandwich" (robust SEs from a polychoric/tetrachoric or
continuous-Pearson asymptotic covariance), pooling follows the two-stage,
pooled-inputs approach (Chung & Cai 2019; Sriutaisuk, Liu, Chung, Kim & Gu
2025): the correlation matrix and the asymptotic covariance of its off-diagonal
entries are Rubin-pooled across imputations, and a single EFA model is
fitted to the pooled correlation with the pooled covariance, \tilde\Gamma,
as the robust meat (its diagonal as the weights for
estimator = "DWLS"). Because there is only one fit and one rotational gauge, this
route bypasses the per-imputation alignment: target_method and
align_unrotated do not apply. The fitted object carries native scaled-shifted
chi-square statistics and sandwich SEs that already reflect the
multiple-imputation uncertainty, so the chi-square is not D2-pooled and the
likelihood-ratio-based AIC/BIC/ECVI are NA; it is returned in the mi_fit
slot, with the per-imputation fits retained for diagnostics. The pooled fit
uses the same estimate_control() and rotate_control() tuning (including
any rotation-engine extras) as the per-imputation fits. At least 20
imputations are recommended for the scaled-shifted statistic, and more (around
100) at higher rates of missingness (Sriutaisuk et al. 2025). The
polychoric/tetrachoric (ordinal) case is the primary, best-evaluated target; the
continuous-Pearson case uses the same recipe but is less benchmarked.
Value
A list of class c("efa_mi", "EFA_POOLED", "efa", "EFA") containing
pooled estimates, residuals, fit indices, the individual fits, and MI
diagnostics. The trailing legacy classes keep inherits(x, "EFA_POOLED") and
the single-fit EFA accessors and S3 dispatch working. In
addition to the slots inherited from efa_fit() (including SE, CI, and,
on the bootstrap path, replicates), the object carries:
- SE, CI
Pooled standard errors and confidence intervals, named as
efa_fit()names them: where a pooled communality standard error and interval are produced, they areSE$communalitiesandCI$communalitieson every route. The Rubin routes (se = "information",se = "np-boot") additionally return them under the compatibility aliash2, which holds the same values. The analytic route builds the communality family only when a rotation was requested; an unrotated analytic pool reportsuniquenessesinstead.- fit_indices
The pooled fit indices. Every route reports
chi,df,p_chi,CAF,CFI,TLI,RMSEA,RMSEA_LB,RMSEA_UB,AIC,BIC,ECVI,RMSR,SRMR,chi_null,df_null,p_null, andpool_methodunder those names and in that order.pool_methodrecords the rule the model chi-square was pooled with ("D2"); it isNAon these = "sandwich"(MI2S) path, which fits once on the pooled inputs and reports that fit's own scaled statistic rather than pooling several. On that path a few extra scaled-statistic fields are appended after the common block, for advanced diagnostics.- standardized_residuals
The pooled residuals divided by their pooled bootstrap standard errors, with a zero diagonal. Returned on the
se = "np-boot"path only, the one route that pools a residual standard error.- MI
Multiple-imputation diagnostics for each pooled parameter family. On the bootstrap path:
unrot_loadings,communalities,residuals, optionallyrot_loadings,Phi,Structure, andfit_indices_descriptive, plus integer vectorsbootstrap_source_failures(replicates the componentefa_fit()could not fit),bootstrap_rotation_failures(replicates whose Procrustes alignment to the target was invalid), andbootstrap_rotation_valid(those that entered the pool,B - source - rotationfailures). Both paths use the plain Rubin (1987) df. On the analytic path (se = "information"):unrot_loadingsanduniquenesses, plus, when a rotation was requested,rot_loadings,communalities, and (oblique)PhiandStructure. The communality family is keyed by its canonical name here, without theSE/CIalias, so each family is counted once in the printed FMI/RIV summary. Each per-family entry is a list withRIV(relative increase in variance),FMI(the fraction of missing information, reported as Rubin's asymptotic\lambda = RIV / (1 + RIV)), anddf; the rotated families on the analytic path additionally carry amethodstring recording the gauge alignment used ("gauge_invariant"for communalities and"signed_permutation_approx"for rotated loadings and, for oblique rotations, factor correlations and structure coefficients).fit_indices_descriptive, on the bootstrap path, pools every fit index the bootstrap replicates carry, so the structural constants among them (df,df_null) appear with a standard error of 0. The RMSEA confidence bounds are not among them: the replicate fits run without confidence intervals, so no per-replicate value exists to pool.- mi_fit
On the
se = "sandwich"(MI2S) path only: the singleefa_fit()fit on the pooled correlation matrix\bar rand pooled asymptotic covariance\tilde\Gamma. Itsorig_Ris\bar rand itsGammais\tilde\Gamma; the pooledSEandCIare taken from it, as are the pooledfit_indices(put into the common order above and extended withpool_method, whilemi_fitkeepsefa_fit()'s own layout).MIisNULLon this path because the imputation uncertainty is carried by\tilde\Gammarather than by per-parameter Rubin pooling.- mi_diagnostics
Diagnostics for the pooled model fit,
NULLon these = "sandwich"(MI2S) path, where there is one fit and no D2 pool.mis the number of imputations that entered the pool.D2_F,D2_df1,D2_df2,D2_chi_asymptotic,ARIVandFMIdescribe the D2 pool of the model chi-square (the average relative increase in variance and the fraction of missing information it implies), andchi_bar_naiveis the plain mean of the per-imputation statistics for comparison; the*_nullentries are the same quantities for the independence baseline.D2_Fis the rule's raw statistic and is reported unfloored, so it is negative whenever the between-imputation variability of the component statistics exceeds the pooled discrepancy – a diagnostic of the pool rather than a fit statistic. The reported fit is not affected: the pooled chi-square is floored at zero and its p-value is 1 in that case.chi_cfiandchi_null_cfiare the pooled model and baseline chi-squares on the commonN - 1noncentrality scale.chi_cfiis the statistic the reported RMSEA is formed from; the pair also gives a reference CFI formed the conventional way,1 - (chi_cfi - df) / (chi_null_cfi - df_null)(and analogously for TLI) – a different quantity from the reported CFI/TLI, which average the per-imputation indices.- mi_admissibility
Admissibility and convergence of the component fits, kept on the pooled object so a saved solution carries the record independently of
fits:m(the number of imputations that entered the pool),heywood_imputations(the indices of the fits with at least one Heywood case – an improper solution where a variable's communality is at or above 1, or its uniqueness is fixed at the estimation boundary),n_heywood_items(the number of flagged variables per imputation),nonconverged(the indices whose extraction reported a non-zero convergence code), anditer(the iterations each extraction used). Averaging aligned solutions pulls boundary communalities back inside the admissible range, so a pooled matrix with no Heywood case can still rest on component fits that had them;summary()reports the pooled count together with these.- fits
The list of
mcomponentefa_fit()fits, in the order ofdata_list, kept for per-imputation diagnostics. On the MI2S path these are the per-imputation fits whose inputs were pooled, not the pooled fit itself (which ismi_fit).- alignment
Metadata from aligning the rotated solutions,
NULLwhen no rotation was requested or on the MI2S path (one fit, one gauge). Undertarget_method = "first_target": themethodused, thetargetit aligned to, the per-imputationtarget_rotations, the indices of anypoint_rotation_failures, and whether every inner alignmentconverged. Undertarget_method = "consensus"it is the fullefa_procrustes()-based GPA record: the convergedtarget, thealigned_loadingsandaligned_phi, the iterationhistory, convergence flags, and the multi-start summary.- settings
The component fits'
efa_fit()settings with the pooling settings added:pooled(alwaysTRUE),pooled_NandN(the mean N across imputations),n_imputations,component_se(thesethe component fits used),target_method,align_unrotated,fit_pool_method,p,ciandrmsea_ci_level.serecords what was actually pooled, so it is"none"when pooled standard errors could not be produced although the component fits computed them (component_sekeeps the request).
Conditions
Errors and warnings raised by efa_mi() are classed, with an efa_pooled_
prefix (efa_consensus_ for the consensus target) – except the dots validation
shared with efa_fit(), which signals efa_flat_knob_in_dots or efa_renamed_arg
– so they can be caught programmatically. The message shown explains what went
wrong and, where relevant, how to fix it.
Author(s)
Andreas Soteriades, Markus Steiner
References
Anderson, T. W., & Rubin, H. (1956). Statistical inference in factor analysis. In Proceedings of the Third Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability (Vol. 5, pp. 111-150). University of California Press.
Archer, C. O., & Jennrich, R. I. (1973). Standard errors for rotated factor loadings. Psychometrika, 38(4), 581-592.
Barnard, J., & Rubin, D. B. (1999). Small-sample degrees of freedom with multiple imputation. Biometrika, 86(4), 948-955.
Bentler, P. M. (1990). Comparative fit indexes in structural models. Psychological Bulletin, 107(2), 238-246.
Chung, S., & Cai, L. (2019). Alternative multiple imputation inference for categorical structural equation modeling. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 54(3), 323-337.
Gower, J. C. (1975). Generalized Procrustes analysis. Psychometrika, 40(1), 33-51.
Jennrich, R. I. (1973). Standard errors for obliquely rotated factor loadings. Psychometrika, 38(4), 593-604.
Jennrich, R. I. (1974). Simplified formulae for standard errors in maximum-likelihood factor analysis. British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology, 27(1), 122-131.
Lawley, D. N., & Maxwell, A. E. (1971). Factor analysis as a statistical method (2nd ed.). Butterworths.
Li, K. H., Meng, X.-L., Raghunathan, T. E., & Rubin, D. B. (1991). Significance levels from repeated p-values with multiply-imputed data. Statistica Sinica, 1(1), 65-92.
Lorenzo-Seva, U., & Van Ginkel, J. R. (2016). Multiple imputation of missing values in exploratory factor analysis of multidimensional scales. Anales de Psicologia, 32(2), 596-608.
Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys. Wiley.
Schoenemann, P. H. (1966). A generalized solution of the orthogonal Procrustes problem. Psychometrika, 31(1), 1-10.
Sriutaisuk, S., Liu, Y., Chung, S., Kim, H., & Gu, F. (2025). Evaluating imputation-based fit statistics in structural equation modeling with ordinal data: The MI2S approach. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 85(1), 82-113.
Tucker, L. R., & Lewis, C. (1973). A reliability coefficient for maximum likelihood factor analysis. Psychometrika, 38(1), 1-10.
van Ginkel, J. R., & Kroonenberg, P. M. (2014). Using generalized Procrustes analysis for multiple imputation in principal component analysis. Journal of Classification, 31(2), 242-269.
Zhang, G., & Preacher, K. J. (2015). Factor rotation and standard errors in exploratory factor analysis. Journal of Educational and Behavioral Statistics, 40(6), 579-603.
Zhang, G., Preacher, K. J., & Jennrich, R. I. (2012). The infinitesimal jackknife with exploratory factor analysis. Psychometrika, 77(4), 634-648.
See Also
Other factor analysis:
efa_average(),
efa_fit(),
efa_group(),
plot.efa_group(),
print.efa_group()
Examples
# create a list of three datasets, mimicking a list you would obtain from
# e.g. mice.
dat_list <- lapply(1:3, function(x) GRiPS_raw[sample(1:nrow(GRiPS_raw), replace = TRUE),])
mod <- efa_mi(dat_list, n_factors = 1, estimator = "ML")
mod
# add computation of standard errors and CIs
mod <- efa_mi(dat_list, n_factors = 1, estimator = "ML", se = "np-boot")
mod
Next eigenvalue sufficiency test (NEST)
Description
NEST uses many synthetic datasets to generate reference eigenvalues against which to compare the empirical eigenvalues. This is similar to parallel analysis, but other than parallel analysis, NEST does not just rely on synthetic eigenvalues based on an identity matrix as null model. It was introduced by Achim (2017), see also Brandenburg and Papenberg (2024) and Caron (2025) for further simulation studies including NEST.
Usage
efa_nest(
x,
N = NA,
alpha = 0.05,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_datasets = 1000,
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
alpha |
numeric. The alpha level to use (i.e., 1-alpha percentile of eigenvalues is used for reference values). |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Default is 1000. |
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Details
NEST compares the first empirical eigenvalue against the first eigenvalues
of n_dataset synthetic datasets based on a null model (i.e.,
with uncorrelated variables; same as in parallel analysis, see efa_parallel()).
The following eigenvalues are compared against synthetic datasets based on an EFA-model with one fewer factors
than the position of the respective empirical eigenvalue. E.g, the second
empirical eigenvalue is compared against synthetic data based on a one-factor
model. In each comparison the k-th empirical eigenvalue is tested against
the k-th largest eigenvalue of the synthetic datasets. The alpha-level
defines against which percentile of the synthetic
eigenvalue distribution to compare the empirical eigenvalues against, i.e., an
alpha of .05 (the default) uses the 95th percentile as reference value.
The number of factors tested is capped at \lfloor 0.8 \times p \rfloor
(with p the number of variables; Achim, 2017) and additionally limited so
that the (k - 1)-factor reference model used at each step stays
over-identified. If no empirical eigenvalue falls at or below its reference
within this range, every tested factor is accepted and this capped number is
returned.
Because each reference model carries the factors already retained, NEST does not
lose accuracy for the strongly correlated factor structures where parallel
analysis tends to under-extract, and it was among the more accurate criteria in
the simulation studies of Brandenburg and Papenberg (2024) and Caron (2025). The
price is runtime: a fresh set of n_datasets reference datasets is drawn and
eigen-decomposed at every candidate factor count, which makes NEST one of the
slowest criteria available here.
The reference models are fitted without inequality constraints. A Heywood case in one of them leaves no unique variance to simulate the reference data from, so NEST aborts rather than continuing from an inadmissible reference.
The reference eigenvalues are obtained from simulated data, so the suggested number
of factors varies slightly from run to run. Call base::set.seed() beforehand to make a
run reproducible.
For details on the method, including simulation studies, see Achim (2017), Brandenburg and Papenberg (2024), and Caron (2025).
The efa_nest function can also be called together with other factor
retention criteria in the efa_retain() function.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector ( |
results |
A list with a single record holding the empirical eigenvalues
and the reference eigenvalues. Only the positions the search actually tested
carry a reference value; beyond the position at which it stopped the series is
|
settings |
A list of control settings used. |
Source
Achim, A. (2017). Testing the number of required dimensions in exploratory factor analysis. The Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 13(1), 64–74. https://doi.org/10.20982/tqmp.13.1.p064
Brandenburg, N., & Papenberg, M. (2024). Reassessment of innovative methods to determine the number of factors: A simulation-based comparison of exploratory graph analysis and Next Eigenvalue Sufficiency Test. Psychological Methods, 29(1), 21–47. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000527
Caron, P.-O. (2025). A Comparison of the Next Eigenvalue Sufficiency Test to Other Stopping Rules for the Number of Factors in Factor Analysis. Educational and Psychological Measurement, Online-first publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/00131644241308528
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
# with correlation matrix
efa_nest(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
# with raw data
efa_nest(GRiPS_raw)
Parallel analysis
Description
Various methods for performing parallel analysis. This function uses
future_lapply() for which a parallel processing plan can
be selected. To do so, register a plan with future::plan(), for example
future::plan(future::multisession, workers = 2); see examples.
Usage
efa_parallel(
x = NULL,
N = NA,
n_vars = NA,
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
n_factors = 1,
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
matrix or data.frame. The real data to compare the simulated eigenvalues against. Must not contain variables of classes other than numeric. Can be a correlation matrix or raw data. |
N |
numeric. The number of cases / observations to simulate. Only has to
be specified if |
n_vars |
numeric. The number of variables / indicators to simulate.
Only has to be specified if |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to simulate. Must be at least 1. Default is 1000. |
percent |
numeric. The percentile to take from the simulated eigenvalues. Default is 95. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "SMC", "PCA", or "EFA". If using "SMC", the diagonal of the correlation
matrix is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs) of the
indicators. If using "PCA", the diagonal values of the correlation matrices
are left to be 1. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an EFA solution as diagonal. Default
is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
decision_rule |
character. Which rule to use to determine the number of
factors to retain. Default is |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Details
Parallel analysis (Horn, 1965) compares the eigenvalues obtained from
the sample
correlation matrix against those of null model correlation matrices (i.e.,
with uncorrelated variables) of the same sample size. This way, it accounts
for the variation in eigenvalues introduced by sampling error and thus
eliminates the main problem inherent in the Kaiser-Guttman criterion
(efa_kgc()).
Parallel analysis is often argued to be one of the most accurate factor retention criteria. However, for highly correlated factor structures it has been shown to underestimate the correct number of factors. The reason for this is that a null model (uncorrelated variables) is used as reference. However, when factors are highly correlated, the first eigenvalue will be much larger compared to the following ones, as later eigenvalues are conditional on the earlier ones in the sequence and thus the shared variance is already accounted in the first eigenvalue (e.g., Braeken & van Assen, 2017).
The reference eigenvalues are obtained from simulated data, so the suggested number
of factors varies slightly from run to run. Call base::set.seed() beforehand to make a
run reproducible; the result is then also independent of the parallel plan set via
future::plan(), so it can be reproduced on a machine with a different number of
cores. For "PCA" and "SMC" the simulation is drawn in independently seeded blocks;
a block that fails – which happens when a simulated correlation matrix is singular, so
that no eigenvalues can be taken from it – is redrawn on its own, leaving the blocks
that succeeded with the draws they already made. The "EFA" series instead redraws the
single dataset that could not be fitted; if that dataset still cannot be fitted, the
call stops with an error.
When both "PCA" and "SMC" are requested, the two are read off the same simulated
datasets rather than from two independent simulations: they differ only in the diagonal
substituted into the simulated correlation matrix, so one set of draws serves both and
the two reference series are paired dataset by dataset. A draw that cannot be used for
the SMC series – a simulated matrix with no inverse, and hence no squared multiple
correlations – is discarded for the "PCA" series as well, so that the pairing stays
exact. "EFA" fits a model to each simulated dataset and draws its own.
The efa_parallel function can also be called together with other factor
retention criteria in the efa_retain() function.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector with the suggested number of factors for
each requested eigenvalue type ( |
results |
A list with one record per eigenvalue type, each holding the observed eigenvalues (when real data were supplied) and the simulated reference values (means and percentiles) used for printing and plotting. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Braeken, J., & van Assen, M. A. (2017). An empirical Kaiser criterion. Psychological Methods, 22, 450–466. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000074
Crawford, A. V., Green, S. B., Levy, R., Lo, W. J., Scott, L., Svetina, D., & Thompson, M. S. (2010). Evaluation of parallel analysis methods for determining the number of factors. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 70(6), 885-901.
Glorfeld, L. W. (1995). An improvement on Horn's parallel analysis methodology for selecting the correct number of factors to retain. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 55(3), 377-393.
Horn, J. L. (1965). A rationale and test for the number of factors in factor analysis. Psychometrika, 30(2), 179–185. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02289447
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
# example without real data
pa_unreal <- efa_parallel(N = 500, n_vars = 10, n_datasets = 100)
# example with correlation matrix with all eigen_types and PAF estimation
pa_paf <- efa_parallel(test_models$case_11b$cormat, N = 500, n_datasets = 100)
# example with correlation matrix with all eigen_types and ML estimation
# this will be faster than the above with PAF)
pa_ml <- efa_parallel(test_models$case_11b$cormat, N = 500, estimator = "ML",
n_datasets = 100)
## Not run:
# for parallel computation. future::plan() returns the plan it replaces, so
# on.exit() puts the session back as it was -- also if the call fails.
pa_faster <- local({
old_plan <- future::plan(future::multisession, workers = 2)
on.exit(future::plan(old_plan), add = TRUE)
efa_parallel(test_models$case_11b$cormat, N = 500)
})
## End(Not run)
Power analysis for exploratory factor analysis
Description
Analyses power for exploratory factor analysis, in one of two modes chosen with
mode.
mode = "rmsea" (the default) gives the analytic power of the root mean square
error of approximation (RMSEA) tests of close and not-close fit (MacCallum,
Browne, & Sugawara, 1996). Give a sample size to get the power of the test, or
give a target power to get the sample size needed to reach it.
mode = "simulation" runs a Monte-Carlo study: it draws n_datasets samples from
a known population (via efa_simulate()), analyses each one, and reports how well
the analysis recovers that population. See Details for what is reported.
Here the number of variables is p and the number of factors is k (elsewhere in
the package: n_vars and n_factors).
Usage
efa_power(
mode = c("rmsea", "simulation"),
type = c("close", "notclose"),
eps0 = NULL,
eps1 = NULL,
N = NULL,
p = NULL,
k = NULL,
df = NULL,
alpha = 0.05,
power = NULL,
group = 1,
Lambda = NULL,
Phi = NULL,
Psi = NULL,
R = NULL,
n_datasets = 500,
criteria = c("EKC", "MAP"),
estimator = "PAF",
rotation = NULL,
recovery_threshold = 0.95,
model_error = c("TKL", "CB", "WB", "none"),
target_rmsea = NULL,
target_cfi = NULL,
seed = NULL
)
Arguments
mode |
character. The kind of power analysis: |
type |
character. The RMSEA test: |
eps0 |
numeric. The null-hypothesis RMSEA. Default is |
eps1 |
numeric. The alternative-hypothesis RMSEA (the true RMSEA power is
evaluated at). Default is |
N |
numeric. In |
p |
numeric. The number of observed variables. In |
k |
numeric. The number of factors. In |
df |
numeric. The model degrees of freedom. Either supply |
alpha |
numeric. The significance level. Default is |
power |
numeric. The target power. Give |
group |
numeric. The number of groups. Default is |
Lambda |
matrix. Simulation mode. A |
Phi |
matrix. Simulation mode. The |
Psi |
numeric or matrix. Simulation mode. The population unique variances (a
length- |
R |
matrix. Simulation mode. A |
n_datasets |
numeric. Simulation mode. The number of samples to draw and
analyse. Default is |
criteria |
character. Simulation mode. The factor-retention criteria to
evaluate the hit-rate for, any of |
estimator |
character. Simulation mode. The estimator ( |
rotation |
character. Simulation mode. The rotation for the recovery fit,
passed to |
recovery_threshold |
numeric. Simulation mode. The matched-factor Tucker
congruence a replicate must reach to count as recovered. Default is |
model_error |
character. Simulation mode. The |
target_rmsea |
numeric. Simulation mode. The population RMSEA the model should
have relative to the perturbed population, activating model error. Default is
|
target_cfi |
numeric. Simulation mode. The population CFI target (only with
|
seed |
numeric. Simulation mode. Optional seed making the draws and analysis
reproducible and worker-count independent; the caller's random-number stream is
restored afterwards. Default is |
Value
An object of class efa_power. For mode = "rmsea", a list containing:
power |
The power of the test at |
N |
The total sample size across groups: the supplied |
N_per_group |
The per-group sample size |
crit |
The critical chi-square value the fit statistic is compared against. |
ncp |
The noncentrality parameters under the null ( |
solve_for |
|
settings |
A list of the inputs: |
For mode = "simulation", a list containing:
hit_rate |
A named numeric vector of the retention hit-rate per criterion (and,
where a criterion has several variants, per variant); |
hits |
A data frame with one row per criterion ( |
recovery |
For a factor-model population, a list with the structure-recovery
rates ( |
convergence |
A list with the number of datasets ( |
replicates |
The raw per-replicate values: the suggested factor counts
( |
k_true |
The true number of factors. |
model_error |
The |
settings |
A list of the simulation inputs. |
RMSEA mode
Power rises with a larger sample, a larger model (more degrees of freedom), and a bigger gap between the null and alternative RMSEA (MacCallum, Browne, & Sugawara, 1996).
Two tests are supported, chosen with type (never by the order of eps0 and
eps1):
"close"Tests close fit (MacCallum et al., 1996). The null hypothesis is that the fit is close (RMSEA
\leeps0; conventionally 0.05). Power is the chance of detecting a worse alternative (eps1; conventionally 0.08, soeps0 < eps1), in the upper tail."notclose"Tests not-close fit. The null hypothesis is that the fit is not close (RMSEA
\geeps0). Power is the chance of detecting a better alternative (eps1; conventionally 0.01, soeps0 > eps1), in the lower tail.
When eps0 and eps1 are in the wrong order for the chosen type, a message is
shown but the requested test still runs. Equal eps0 and eps1 leave nothing to
detect and are an error.
Power always increases with N, so the required sample size (the smallest N
reaching power) is found by bisection. N is the total sample size across
groups: with group > 1 the power calculation divides by group (the
1 / group factor), so spreading a fixed total over more groups gives less
power. The matching per-group sample size, N / group, is returned as
N_per_group.
The 1 / group factor makes all group groups the same size, so a required
total is rounded up to the next multiple of group. A solved N_per_group is thus
a whole number of persons, and the reported power is the power at a total that a
study can collect. With group = 2 and df = 102, for example, the required total
is 260, or 130 per group. Bisection on the total alone gives 259, which asks for
129.5 persons in each group.
Simulation mode
The population is passed to efa_simulate(), which draws n_datasets samples of
size N from it. The population's true number of factors, k_true, is
ncol(Lambda) for a factor-model population, or k for a bare R. By default
the population fits the factor model exactly, which overstates how well the
criteria and the fit recover its structure; setting a misfit target makes the
population more realistic (MacCallum, 2003).
Each replicate is analysed three ways:
- Hit-rate
The share of replicates where a criterion's suggested factor count (from
criteria) matchesk_true. A replicate where the criterion errored or gave no answer is left out of this count – it does not count as a miss.- Structure recovery (factor-model populations only)
The
k_true-factor model is fitted withefa_fit(), its loadings are matched to the population loadings, and the matched-factor Tucker congruences (Lorenzo-Seva & ten Berge, 2006) are compared withrecovery_threshold. A replicate succeeds when its smallest (min) or average (mean) matched congruence reaches the threshold.- Convergence
Among the replicates whose fit completed, the share that converged and the share that produced a Heywood case.
A replicate whose fit fails completely is not counted in any of the three measures above. If any fit fails, a warning reports how many failed and the cause of the first failure.
Replicates are analysed in parallel with future.apply; choose a parallel
plan with future::plan(). Each replicate uses its own reproducible
random-number stream, so with a fixed seed the result does not depend on the
number of workers, and the caller's random-number state is left unchanged.
References
MacCallum, R. C., Browne, M. W., & Sugawara, H. M. (1996). Power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods, 1(2), 130-149. doi:10.1037/1082-989X.1.2.130
MacCallum, R. C. (2003). 2001 Presidential Address: Working with imperfect models. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 38(1), 113-139. doi:10.1207/S15327906MBR3801_5
Lorenzo-Seva, U., & ten Berge, J. M. F. (2006). Tucker's congruence coefficient as a meaningful index of factor similarity. Methodology, 2(2), 57-64. doi:10.1027/1614-2241.2.2.57
See Also
efa_simulate() draws the replicate datasets used in simulation mode.
efa_retain() implements the retention criteria whose hit-rates simulation
mode reports.
Other power analysis:
plot.efa_power(),
print.efa_power()
Examples
# Power of the test of close fit at N = 200 for a 100-df model
efa_power(df = 100, N = 200)
# Deriving df from the model dimensions instead of giving it directly
efa_power(p = 20, k = 3, N = 200)
# Required total sample size for 80% power
efa_power(df = 100, power = 0.80)
# Test of not-close fit
efa_power(df = 100, N = 200, type = "notclose")
# Simulation mode: retention hit-rate and structure recovery for a known
# three-factor population at N = 300
efa_power("simulation", Lambda = population_models$loadings$baseline,
Phi = population_models$phis_3$moderate, N = 300,
n_datasets = 50, criteria = c("EKC", "MAP"), seed = 42)
Rotate a loading matrix to a target using Procrustes alignment
Description
efa_procrustes() aligns one loading matrix to a target loading matrix with the
same dimensions. It is used internally by efa_mi(), but can also be used
directly when factor columns must be brought into a common orientation before
averaging or comparing solutions.
Usage
efa_procrustes(
A,
Target,
rotation = c("orthogonal", "oblique"),
S = NULL,
T_init = NULL,
oblique_eps = 1e-05,
oblique_maxit = 1000,
oblique_max_line_search = 10,
oblique_step0 = 1,
oblique_normalize = FALSE,
oblique_random_starts = 0,
oblique_screen_keep = 2,
oblique_triage_maxit = 25,
oblique_triage_improve_tol = 0
)
Arguments
A |
Numeric loading matrix to be aligned. |
Target |
Numeric target matrix with the same dimensions as |
rotation |
Character string, either |
S |
Optional |
T_init |
Optional |
oblique_eps |
Positive convergence tolerance for the projected-gradient norm in the oblique solver. |
oblique_maxit |
Non-negative integer. Maximum number of projected-gradient updates in the full oblique solver. |
oblique_max_line_search |
Non-negative integer. Maximum number of step-halving attempts after the initial line-search step. |
oblique_step0 |
Positive initial step size for the oblique solver. |
oblique_normalize |
Logical; if |
oblique_random_starts |
Non-negative integer. Number of additional random starts used by the oblique solver. |
oblique_screen_keep |
Non-negative integer. Number of random starts retained after cheap objective screening and sent to triage optimization. |
oblique_triage_maxit |
Non-negative integer. Number of short optimization iterations used in the triage stage. |
oblique_triage_improve_tol |
Non-negative scalar. Relative improvement required for a triaged start to be promoted to full optimization. |
Details
For rotation = "orthogonal", the function solves the closed-form orthogonal
Procrustes problem
\min_T \frac{1}{2}\|A T - B\|_F^2 \quad \textrm{subject to}\quad T'T = I,
where A is the loading matrix and B is Target.
For rotation = "oblique", the function calls the compiled
.oblique_procrustes() optimizer. The oblique convention is the same as in
GPArotation::targetQ():
L = A T^{-T}, \qquad \Phi = T'T, \qquad diag(\Phi) = 1.
By default the oblique solver is warm-started from the closed-form orthogonal
Procrustes solution, which resolves the factor permutation and sign
indeterminacy and avoids the poor local minima an identity start can fall
into. Supply T_init to override this start. Random starts are only used for
oblique alignment. For one-factor models, oblique and orthogonal alignment are
equivalent, so the function uses the stable one-factor orthogonal solution
instead of calling the oblique optimizer.
Value
A list. Every path returns the following components:
loadings |
Aligned loading matrix. |
T |
Transformation matrix. |
Phi |
Factor intercorrelation matrix; the identity for orthogonal and one-factor alignment. |
value |
Target criterion at the returned solution. |
convergence |
Logical; |
valid |
Logical; whether the transformation defines an admissible |
iterations |
Number of solver iterations; |
kappa_T |
Condition number of |
Table |
Iteration history with columns |
method |
|
line_search_failed |
Logical line-search diagnostic. |
best_start_index, all_start_indices, all_values, all_converged, all_iterations |
Multi-start summary of the starts that were fully optimized; each has a single entry when no random starts were used. |
The oblique solver additionally returns screen_start_indices and
screen_values (the starts kept by cheap objective screening and their
criterion values) together with the counts n_random_starts, n_screened,
n_triaged, and n_fully_optimized. These six components are absent for
rotation = "orthogonal" and for one-factor models, which are aligned with the
orthogonal solution.
Row and column names are preserved where possible. When
oblique_normalize = TRUE the returned loadings are back-transformed to the
original scale, but value is the criterion on the Kaiser-normalized loadings,
so it is not 0.5 * sum((loadings - Target)^2).
See Also
Other factor rotation:
efa_schmid_leiman()
Examples
## Align an estimated loading matrix to a known target pattern: fit an
## unrotated three-factor model, then rotate its loadings toward the true
## population pattern.
efa_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "none")
target <- population_models$loadings$baseline
## Orthogonal target rotation (rigid rotation/reflection):
efa_procrustes(efa_mod$unrot_loadings, target, rotation = "orthogonal")
## Oblique target rotation (lets the aligned factors correlate):
efa_procrustes(efa_mod$unrot_loadings, target, rotation = "oblique")
Reliability and common-variance coefficients for a factor solution
Description
Computes model-based reliability coefficients for a factor solution: McDonald's omega (total, hierarchical, and subscale), standardized Cronbach's alpha, and the H index. For a bifactor solution, it also computes two common-variance indices, ECV and PUC, for the general factor. The result is a tidy, long-format table with one row per coefficient.
Usage
efa_reliability(
model = NULL,
coefficients = NULL,
g_name = "g",
group_names = NULL,
factor_map = NULL,
variance = c("correlation", "sums_load"),
var_names = NULL,
fac_names = NULL,
g_load = NULL,
s_load = NULL,
u2 = NULL,
cormat = NULL,
pattern = NULL,
Phi = NULL
)
Arguments
model |
an |
coefficients |
character. An optional subset of the coefficients to
return, any of |
g_name |
character. The name of the general factor in the |
group_names |
character. An optional vector of group names for a |
factor_map |
matrix. A logical or 0/1 matrix indicating which variable
belongs to which group factor, with the same dimensions as the group
loading matrix (cross-loadings are allowed). Match its columns to the
group factors by position – a map given in a different factor order than
the solution still runs, but produces meaningless subscale coefficients.
The function warns if a mapped item loads weakly on its assigned factor
and more strongly on another one. If |
variance |
character. The total-variance denominator for the
coefficients. |
var_names |
character. Subtest names in the row order of the loadings.
Only needed when |
fac_names |
character. An optional vector of group-factor names in the
column order of the loadings. Taken from the input if |
g_load |
numeric. General-factor loadings. Only needed when |
s_load |
matrix. Group-factor loadings. Only needed when |
u2 |
numeric. Uniquenesses. Only needed when |
cormat |
matrix or data.frame. A correlation matrix used when
|
pattern |
matrix. Pattern coefficients from a separate oblique solution, used
with |
Phi |
matrix. Factor intercorrelations. Supply it together with Without With Given together with |
Details
The function reads many kinds of input: a Schmid-Leiman solution
(efa_schmid_leiman() or psych::schmid()), an oblique efa_fit()
(correlated-factors) solution, a lavaan fit (single-factor,
correlated-factors, second-order, or bifactor), a raw bifactor loading matrix,
an oblique pattern matrix given with its factor intercorrelations, or manually
supplied components.
Coefficients
The reliability coefficients are McDonald's omegas (McDonald, 1978, 1985, 1999; Zinbarg et al., 2005, 2006, for omega hierarchical specifically), standardized Cronbach's alpha (Cronbach, 1951), and the H index (construct replicability; Hancock & Mueller, 2001).
The omegas give the share of true score variance in a unit-weighted composite. Omega total is the share due to all factors together. Omega hierarchical is the share due to the general factor only. Omega subscale is the share due to the group factors: for the whole scale, or for one specific group factor in a subscale composite.
Alpha is the standardized coefficient, computed from the correlation matrix
of the items. Where no such matrix is available – for lavaan input, and
for components supplied without one – alpha is computed from the
model-implied correlation matrix instead, so it then reflects the fitted
model rather than the raw data.
The H index is the reliability of an optimally weighted composite. A low value means the factor is not well defined by its indicators.
All of these coefficients describe the raw sum of the variables as fitted, without reverse-coding. If some items are keyed in the opposite direction – for example, a reverse-worded item that was not reverse-scored – they lower that sum's true-score variance. The coefficients then look poor even though the model fits well. The function warns when it detects this. Reverse-code such items before fitting the solution (Flora, 2020).
The sum these coefficients describe is not always the sum of the raw answers.
Polychoric and tetrachoric correlations describe the continuous latent
responses assumed to underlie ordinal answers; a lavaan fit that declares
its indicators ordered does the same. In that case the loadings, the
uniquenesses, the correlation matrix, and the coefficients are all on that
latent-response metric. They give the reliability of the unit-weighted sum of
the latent responses, which is not observed – not the reliability of the
ordinal sum score the user actually computes from the answers. The two can
differ substantially, especially where the answers use few categories or are
strongly skewed. Green and Yang (2009) give an omega for the ordinal sum
score itself, computed from the fitted model and its thresholds; this
package does not compute it. Pearson correlations raise no such distinction,
because their metric is the answers as scored.
Omega total is lower when a solution reproduces the observed correlations
poorly, because residual covariance does not count as true score.
psych::omega() computes the whole-scale omega total differently:
residually, from the observed total-score variance. The two agree when the
model reproduces the correlations exactly, and diverge otherwise.
The three coefficients are not generally additive. Omega total need not
equal omega hierarchical plus omega subscale, except on the whole-scale row
under variance = "sums_load".
A single-factor solution is scored as such on every input route, and returns omega total, alpha, and the H index. Alpha assumes essentially tau-equivalent items, an assumption nested within a one-factor model – so a single factor is the case where reporting alpha is defensible, not merely possible.
The other coefficients are omitted because a single factor does not define them: omega subscale is the variance due to the group factors, and there are none; omega hierarchical would equal omega total, since the one factor accounts for all common variance; and ECV and PUC would both be 1 by construction, which reflects the number of factors in the model rather than evidence of unidimensionality.
Each coefficient answers a different question:
Omega hierarchical: can the total score be read as a measure of one construct?
Omega subscale: does a subscale score add anything beyond the general factor?
The H index: is a factor well defined by its indicators?
ECV together with PUC: is a unidimensional model defensible?
Alpha assumes essentially tau-equivalent items. Factor analysis instead yields congeneric solutions, for which alpha is only a lower bound. For a multidimensional scale, alpha is rarely the coefficient to report (Gignac, 2014).
Composite reliability and average variance extracted (AVE) are not among
the coefficients this function computes. Use semTools::compRelSEM() and
semTools::AVE() to compute them from a lavaan fit.
The common-variance indices ECV and PUC (Bonifay et al., 2015; Reise et al., 2013; Rodriguez et al., 2016a, 2016b) describe the general factor, so they are reported for the general factor only. ECV is the share of the common variance explained by the general factor. PUC is the proportion of correlations that reflect general-factor variance alone – correlations between indicators of different group factors. The higher the PUC, the more the general factor resembles the single factor of a unidimensional model.
Input
efa_reliability() reads several kinds of input, illustrated in the
examples below.
-
An oblique
efa_fit()solution is scored as the correlated-factors model it is. It has no general factor, so it omits the bifactor indices (omega hierarchical, ECV, and PUC). Its whole-scale row is labelled"total"rather than"g". -
An
efa_schmid_leiman()solution – or aschmidobject frompsych::schmid(), or a raw bifactor loading matrix with the general factor in its first column – is scored as a bifactor solution, with the whole-scale row labelled"g". Indicator-to-factor correspondences come fromfactor_mapif supplied (seefactor_mapbelow). Without one, anefa_schmid_leiman()orpsych::schmid()solution is mapped by each variable's strongest group loading. A raw bifactor matrix instead defaults to its exact zero pattern – supplyfactor_mapexplicitly if that matrix has no exact zeros (e.g. an estimated rather than a target matrix). -
A
lavaanfit – single-factor, correlated-factors, second-order, or bifactor – is scored per its structure. The structure is detected automatically, not taken fromg_name. The general-factor coefficients need the latent factors to be uncorrelated: fit a bifactor model withorthogonal = TRUE(lavaan's default leaves the factors correlated), and leave a second-order model's first-order factor covariances at zero. A fit whose factors correlate is rejected rather than scored as though they did not.varianceis not used forlavaaninput: its composite variances are always model-implied, computed separately per group for a multiple-group fit. -
A pattern matrix with its
Phi– for example, the loadings andPhiof an obliqueefa_fit()solution – is scored as the correlated-factors solution it represents. Uniquenesses are derived from the loadings underPhi, unlessu2is given. Supply the pattern matrix, not the structure matrix – the structure matrix would be read as a pattern too, giving the wrong result. Unlike a fitted solution, this pair carries no correlation matrix.variance = "correlation"then needs one, supplied incormat, and errors without it.variance = "sums_load"needs none.
A one-factor solution – a one-column loading matrix, a single-factor
lavaan fit, a single-factor efa_fit() solution, or single-factor
components – is scored the same way regardless of route (see Coefficients
above for what it returns). Its row is labelled with the factor's own name,
with fac_names if supplied, or with "F1" if neither names it; it is
never labelled "g".
Manually supplied components (g_load, s_load, u2, var_names, Phi)
follow the same reading rules as the matrix routes above. Do not pass a
correlation matrix as s_load (or as model, for the matrix routes) –
supply it as cormat instead.
Value
An object of class efa_reliability: a long-format data frame with
one row per computed coefficient, with columns
coefficient |
the coefficient name (e.g. |
level |
|
factor |
the factor label: |
group |
the group label, or |
value |
the coefficient value. |
Structurally undefined cells (for example, ECV and PUC on a group factor)
are omitted. The object also carries a settings attribute (the
total-variance convention used, and whether the solution has a general
factor) and a kind attribute tagging each coefficient as a reliability
coefficient or a common-variance index. It has a
print.efa_reliability() method.
Source
McDonald, R. P. (1978). Generalizability in factorable domains: Domain validity and generalizability. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 38, 75-79.
McDonald, R. P. (1985). Factor analysis and related methods. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
McDonald, R. P. (1999). Test theory: A unified treatment. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cronbach, L. J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal structure of tests. Psychometrika, 16, 297-334.
Gignac, G. E. (2014). On the inappropriateness of using items to calculate total scale score reliability via coefficient alpha for multidimensional scales. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 30, 130-139.
Flora, D. B. (2020). Your coefficient alpha is probably wrong, but which coefficient omega is right? A tutorial on using R to obtain better reliability estimates. Advances in Methods and Practices in Psychological Science, 3, 484-501.
Green, S. B., & Yang, Y. (2009). Reliability of summed item scores using structural equation modeling: An alternative to coefficient alpha. Psychometrika, 74, 155-167.
Zinbarg, R. E., Revelle, W., Yovel, I., & Li, W. (2005). Cronbach's alpha, Revelle's beta, and McDonald's omega H: Their relations with each other and two alternative conceptualizations of reliability. Psychometrika, 70, 123-133.
Zinbarg, R. E., Yovel, I., Revelle, W., & McDonald, R. P. (2006). Estimating generalizability to a latent variable common to all of a scale's indicators: A comparison of estimators for omega H. Applied Psychological Measurement, 30, 121-144.
Hancock, G. R., & Mueller, R. O. (2001). Rethinking construct reliability within latent variable systems. In R. Cudeck, S. du Toit, & D. Sörbom (Eds.), Structural equation modeling: Present and future - A Festschrift in honor of Karl Jöreskog (pp. 195-216). Lincolnwood, IL: Scientific Software International.
Bonifay, W. E., Reise, S. P., Scheines, R., & Meijer, R. R. (2015). When are multidimensional data unidimensional enough for structural equation modeling? An evaluation of the DETECT multidimensionality index. Structural Equation Modeling, 22, 504-516.
Reise, S. P., Scheines, R., Widaman, K. F., & Haviland, M. G. (2013). Multidimensionality and structural coefficient bias in structural equation modeling: A bifactor perspective. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 73, 5-26.
Rodriguez, A., Reise, S. P., & Haviland, M. G. (2016a). Applying bifactor statistical indices in the evaluation of psychological measures. Journal of Personality Assessment, 98, 223-237.
Rodriguez, A., Reise, S. P., & Haviland, M. G. (2016b). Evaluating bifactor models: Calculating and interpreting statistical indices. Psychological Methods, 21, 137-150.
See Also
efa_fit() for the solution these are computed from, and OMEGA(), the
superseded function that returns these same coefficients in a wide, per-factor layout.
Other reliability coefficients:
efa_schmid_leiman(),
print.efa_reliability()
Examples
## From an oblique EFA (correlated-factors) solution. With no factor_map, each
## item is auto-assigned to its highest-loading factor.
efa_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
efa_reliability(efa_mod)
## From a Schmid-Leiman solution, with an explicit indicator-to-factor map.
sl_mod <- efa_schmid_leiman(efa_mod, estimator = "PAF")
fc <- sl_mod$sl[, c("F1", "F2", "F3")] >= .2
efa_reliability(sl_mod, factor_map = fc)
## Request a subset of the coefficients only.
efa_reliability(sl_mod, factor_map = fc,
coefficients = c("omega_total", "alpha"))
## From an oblique pattern matrix and its factor intercorrelations. This is
## the same correlated-factors solution, and gives the same coefficients.
efa_reliability(efa_mod$rot_loadings, Phi = efa_mod$Phi,
cormat = test_models$baseline$cormat)
## From lavaan fits: a bifactor solution, and a correlated-factors one.
if (requireNamespace("lavaan", quietly = TRUE)) {
mod_cf <- 'F1 =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6
F2 =~ V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 + V11 + V12
F3 =~ V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18'
mod <- paste(mod_cf, 'g =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6 + V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 +
V11 + V12 + V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18',
sep = "\n")
fit <- lavaan::cfa(mod, sample.cov = test_models$baseline$cormat,
sample.nobs = 500, estimator = "ml", orthogonal = TRUE)
print(efa_reliability(fit, g_name = "g"))
## No general factor: omega hierarchical, ECV, and PUC are omitted.
fit_cf <- lavaan::cfa(mod_cf, sample.cov = test_models$baseline$cormat,
sample.nobs = 500, estimator = "ml")
efa_reliability(fit_cf)
}
Various factor retention criteria
Description
Choosing the number of factors to retain is one of the most important decisions in an exploratory factor analysis (EFA). Many criteria exist to help with this choice. This function runs several of them together, and can also check whether the data are suitable for factor analysis.
Usage
efa_retain(
x,
criteria = c("CD", "EKC", "HULL", "MAP", "NEST", "PARALLEL"),
suitability = TRUE,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors_max = NA,
N_pop = 10000,
N_samples = 500,
alpha = 0.3,
...,
max_iter_CD = 50,
n_fac_theor = NA,
estimator = c("ML", "PAF", "ULS"),
gof = c("CAF", "CFI", "RMSEA"),
eigen_type_HULL = c("SMC", "PCA", "EFA"),
eigen_type_other = c("SMC"),
n_factors = 1,
n_datasets = 1000,
percent = 95,
decision_rule = c("means", "percentile", "crawford"),
ekc_type = lifecycle::deprecated(),
n_datasets_nest = 1000,
alpha_nest = 0.05,
show_progress = FALSE,
estimate_control = NULL
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Raw data, or a correlation matrix. If |
criteria |
character. Which factor retention methods to run: one or
more of |
suitability |
logical. Whether the data should be checked for suitability
for factor analysis using Bartlett's test of sphericity and the
Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion (see details). Default is |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Only needed if x is a correlation matrix. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors_max |
numeric. Passed to |
N_pop |
numeric. Passed to |
N_samples |
numeric. Passed to |
alpha |
numeric. Passed to |
... |
Further arguments passed to |
max_iter_CD |
numeric. Passed to |
n_fac_theor |
numeric. Passed to |
estimator |
character. Passed to |
gof |
character. Passed to |
eigen_type_HULL |
character. Passed to |
eigen_type_other |
character. Passed to |
n_factors |
numeric. Passed to |
n_datasets |
numeric. Passed to |
percent |
numeric. Passed to |
decision_rule |
character. Passed to |
ekc_type |
|
n_datasets_nest |
numeric. Passed to |
alpha_nest |
numeric. Passed to |
show_progress |
logical. Whether a progress bar should be shown in the console. Default is FALSE. |
estimate_control |
an |
Details
By default, the entered data are checked for suitability for factor analysis using the following methods (see the respective documentation for details):
Bartlett's test of sphericity (see
efa_bartlett())Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin criterion (see
efa_kmo())
The available factor retention criteria are the following (see the respective documentation for details):
Comparison data (see
efa_cd())Empirical Kaiser criterion (see
efa_ekc())Hull method (see
efa_hull())Kaiser-Guttman criterion (see
efa_kgc())Velicer's minimum average partial, MAP (see
efa_map())Next Eigenvalue Sufficiency Test, NEST (see
efa_nest())Parallel analysis (see
efa_parallel())Scree plot (see
efa_scree())Sequential chi-square model tests, RMSEA lower bound, and AIC (see
efa_smt())
The default criteria are comparison data, the empirical Kaiser criterion, the
Hull method, MAP, NEST, and parallel analysis. No single criterion is the most
accurate in all conditions. efa_retain() therefore runs several criteria
together, and the printed summary gives the range of their suggestions and the
most common one. Auerswald and Moshagen (2019) compare the criteria and give
guidance on the selection.
The comparison data, parallel analysis, and NEST criteria compare the data
against simulated reference data, so their suggested numbers of factors vary
slightly from run to run. The Hull method also varies, because it calls
efa_parallel() to set its upper bound. Call base::set.seed() before
efa_retain() to make the results reproducible.
Value
A list of class c("efa_retain", "N_FACTORS"), the trailing class
keeping inherits(x, "N_FACTORS") working for code written against the
superseded name. It contains
suitability |
A list with the results from |
outputs |
A named list with one |
n_factors |
A named numeric vector with the suggested number of factors
per criterion and, where a criterion has several variants, per variant
(e.g. |
not_run |
A named character vector with the criteria that were skipped
or failed and the reason, or |
settings |
A list of the settings used. Its |
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
See Also
efa_screen() for data screening before retention, and efa_fit() to extract
the chosen number of factors.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_scree(),
efa_smt()
Examples
# Default criteria, with correlation matrix and estimator "ML" (where needed)
# This will throw a warning for CD, as no raw data were specified
# The simulation-based criteria are seeded to make the run reproducible
set.seed(42)
nfac_all <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, estimator = "ML",
n_datasets = 100, n_datasets_nest = 100)
# The same as above, but without "CD"
nfac_wo_CD <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC",
"HULL", "PARALLEL", "NEST"), N = 500,
estimator = "ML", n_datasets = 100,
n_datasets_nest = 100)
# Use PAF instead of ML (this will take longer). PAF only supports "CAF" as
# gof for the Hull method, so set it explicitly to avoid the automatic message.
nfac_PAF <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC",
"HULL", "PARALLEL", "NEST"), N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", gof = "CAF", n_datasets = 100,
n_datasets_nest = 100)
# Back to the default ML estimator (unlike above), with only "PCA" type eigenvalues
nfac_PCA <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC",
"HULL", "PARALLEL", "NEST"), N = 500,
estimator = "ML", eigen_type_other = "PCA",
n_datasets = 100, n_datasets_nest = 100)
# Use raw data, such that CD can also be performed
nfac_raw <- efa_retain(GRiPS_raw, estimator = "ML", N_pop = 500,
N_samples = 20, n_datasets = 100,
n_datasets_nest = 100)
Schmid-Leiman transformation
Description
This function implements the Schmid-Leiman (SL) transformation
(Schmid & Leiman, 1957). It takes the pattern coefficients and factor
intercorrelations from an oblique factor solution as
input and can reproduce the results from psych::schmid()
and from the SPSS implementation from Wolff & Preising (2005). Other arguments
from efa_fit() can be used to control the procedure to find the
second-order loadings more flexibly. The function can also be used on a
second-order confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) solution from lavaan.
The group factors of the returned solution are sorted and relabelled, so their
column order can differ from the input solution's (see Details).
Usage
efa_schmid_leiman(
x,
Phi = NULL,
estimator = c("PAF", "ML", "ULS", "MINRES"),
g_name = "g",
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
object of class |
Phi |
matrix. A matrix of factor intercorrelations from an oblique factor
solution. Only needs to be specified if a pattern matrix is entered directly
into |
estimator |
character. One of "PAF", "ML", or "ULS" to use
principal axis factoring, maximum likelihood, or unweighted least squares,
respectively, used in |
g_name |
character. The name of the general factor. This needs only be
specified if |
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Arguments to be passed to |
Details
The SL transformation (also called SL orthogonalization) is a procedure with
which an oblique factor solution is transformed into a hierarchical,
orthogonalized solution. As a first step, the factor intercorrelations are
factor analyzed to extract a single second-order (general) factor, yielding a
two-level hierarchical structure. The first-order factor and the second-order
factor are then orthogonalized, resulting in an orthogonalized factor solution
with proportionality constraints. The procedure thus makes a suggested
hierarchical data structure based on factor intercorrelations explicit. One
major advantage of SL transformation is that it enables variance
partitioning between higher-order and first-order factors, including the
calculation of McDonald's omegas (see efa_reliability()).
Where the first-order factors come from a loading matrix – an efa_fit() or a
psych::fa() solution, or a pattern matrix supplied with Phi – they are sorted
by the number in their column labels, so that "F10" follows "F2" rather than
"F1". The sort needs a number in every column label; columns that carry no
labels, or a label without a number, keep the order they arrive in. A second-order
lavaan solution is not sorted at all: its first-order factors keep the order the
model declares them in.
The columns are then labelled "F1" to "Fk" by position, on every route, and the
input solution's own factor names are not carried over. A factor a lavaan model
calls "F3" can therefore come back as "F1". Where the sort applies it is
independent of how the input orders its factors, so the group
factors of the returned sl matrix can also be in a different order from the columns
they came from. A psych::fa() solution shows this most readily: it orders its
columns by their sums of squared loadings, but keeps each factor's own number in its
label, so those numbers arrive out of order. A
solution whose columns are "PA2", "PA3", "PA1" comes back with those same
three factors sorted as PA1, PA2, PA3 and labelled "F1", "F2", "F3".
The first group factor of the result is then the third column of the input. The
same holds against psych::schmid(), whose columns keep the input order: the two
solutions agree column for column only after one of them is permuted to the
other's order. An efa_fit() solution already labels its factors "F1" to "Fk"
in that order, so nothing moves for one; the reordering shows itself for a
psych::fa() solution, and for a pattern matrix supplied with labels of its own.
Read the group factors from the returned matrix, therefore, rather than from the
input. An indicator-to-factor map is matched to the group factors by position, so
one built in the input solution's column order lines up only where the columns did
not move; where they did, efa_reliability() or OMEGA() scores each composite
against the wrong factor. Build such a map from the "F1" to "Fk" columns of the
returned sl matrix instead, which is right on every route. The fac_names of
efa_reliability() are matched by position in the same way, so names given in the
input solution's order label the wrong subscales, and do so without any sign.
Value
A list of class c("efa_schmid_leiman", "SL") containing the following
orig_R |
Original correlation matrix. |
sl |
A matrix with general factor loadings, group factor loadings, communalities, and uniquenesses. |
L2 |
Second-order factor loadings. |
vars_accounted |
A matrix of explained variances and sums of squared loadings. |
iter |
The number of iterations needed for convergence in EFA. |
convergence |
Integer convergence code of the second-order EFA (0 =
converged); |
settings |
list. The settings (arguments) used in EFA to get the second-order loadings. |
Source
Schmid, J. & Leiman, J. M. (1957). The development of hierarchical factor solutions. Psychometrika, 22(1), 53–61. doi:10.1007/BF02289209
Wolff, H.-G., & Preising, K. (2005). Exploring item and higher order factor structure with the Schmid-Leiman solution: Syntax codes for SPSS and SAS. Behavior Research Methods, 37 , 48–58. doi:10.3758/BF03206397
See Also
Other factor rotation:
efa_procrustes()
Other reliability coefficients:
efa_reliability(),
print.efa_reliability()
Examples
## Use with an output from the EFAtools::efa_fit function, both with type EFAtools
EFA_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
SL_EFAtools <- efa_schmid_leiman(EFA_mod, estimator = "PAF",
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "EFAtools"))
## Use with an output from the psych::fa function with type psych
fa_mod <- psych::fa(test_models$baseline$cormat, nfactors = 3, n.obs = 500,
fm = "pa", rotate = "Promax")
SL_psych <- efa_schmid_leiman(fa_mod, estimator = "PAF",
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "psych"))
## Use more flexibly by entering a pattern matrix and phi directly (useful if
## a factor solution found with another program should be subjected to SL
## transformation)
## For demonstration, take pattern matrix and phi from an EFA output
## This gives the same solution as the first example
SL_flex <- efa_schmid_leiman(EFA_mod$rot_loadings, Phi = EFA_mod$Phi, estimator = "PAF",
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "EFAtools"))
## Use with a lavaan second-order CFA output
if (requireNamespace("lavaan", quietly = TRUE)) {
# Create and fit model in lavaan (assume all variables have SDs of 1)
mod <- 'F1 =~ V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6
F2 =~ V7 + V8 + V9 + V10 + V11 + V12
F3 =~ V13 + V14 + V15 + V16 + V17 + V18
g =~ F1 + F2 + F3'
fit <- lavaan::cfa(mod, sample.cov = test_models$baseline$cormat,
sample.nobs = 500, estimator = "ml")
SL_lav <- efa_schmid_leiman(fit, g_name = "g")
}
Estimate factor scores and score-quality diagnostics for an EFA model
Description
Computes factor-score weights, and (from raw data) the factor scores
themselves, for an efa_fit() solution or a directly supplied loading matrix.
It also returns score-quality diagnostics: the score intercorrelations, the
determinacy (validity) and univocality of each score, and Guttman's
indeterminacy index. Factor scores are returned only when raw data are
supplied; a correlation matrix yields the weights and diagnostics alone.
Usage
efa_scores(
x,
f,
Phi = NULL,
rho = NULL,
method = c("regression", "Bartlett", "Anderson", "tenBerge", "Harman", "components")
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Raw data (needed to obtain factor scores) or a
correlation matrix (yields weights and diagnostics only). When Raw data are scored as supplied: no imputation is performed, so a case with a
missing value on any model variable receives |
f |
object of class |
Phi |
matrix. Factor intercorrelations. Only used when a loading matrix is
supplied directly in |
rho |
matrix. Correlation matrix used to derive the scoring weights.
Defaults to |
method |
character. The factor-score method: one of |
Details
Each method combines the loadings with some or all of the factor correlations and the scoring correlation matrix into weights in a different way:
"regression"Thurstone's (1935) regression scores.
"Bartlett"Bartlett's (1937) scores.
"Anderson"Anderson & Rubin's (1956) scores.
"tenBerge"ten Berge, Krijnen, Wansbeek & Shapiro's (1999) scores.
"Harman"Harman's (1976) scores, based on an idealized variable (a hypothetical variable that would correlate perfectly with the factor).
"components"Component scores. These are formed from the raw, uncentered data (
X %*% W) rather than the standardized data, so unlike the other methods they are on the scale of the input variables. The diagnostics below describe the standardized combinationscale(X) %*% W, and therefore differ from the realized correlations of the returned scores whenever the variables have unequal variances.
The determinacy (validity) of a score is its correlation with the factor it
estimates, computed from the returned weights; for regression scores it is the
multiple correlation between the factor and the observed variables (Guttman,
1955; Grice, 2001). The off-diagonal score-factor correlations give the
univocality (the correlation of a score with the other factors). Guttman's
(1955) indeterminacy index, 2 rho^2 - 1, is the minimum correlation between
two equally valid sets of scores. For a method other than "regression"
both quantities are specific to those scores: the determinacy is the method's
own score-factor correlation (never larger than the regression value), and
the reported guttman follows from it.
Determinacies close to 1 mean the scores stand in for the factor with little
loss; Grice (2001) regards values of about .90 and above as the level required
before scores are interpreted for individual cases, and treats lower values as
usable only for group-level research. The Guttman index makes the same point
more sharply, because a factor score is never the factor: at rho = .90 two
equally valid sets of scores can still correlate as low as .62, and at
rho = .80 as low as .28, so the rank order of cases is not unique.
Which method to prefer follows from what the scores are for. Regression
scores correlate most highly with the factor, but they are biased towards it
and correlate across factors even when the model is orthogonal. Bartlett
scores are conditionally unbiased, which makes them the choice when the scores
stand in for the factor in a later model. "tenBerge" reproduces the factor
intercorrelations Phi, so it is the choice when the scores will be correlated
with each other or with external variables. "Anderson" forces the scores to
be uncorrelated with unit variance and is appropriate only when the factors
themselves are orthogonal. "components" is a weighted sum of the observed
variables rather than an estimate of a common factor.
Value
An object of class efa_scores, a list containing:
weights |
The |
scores |
The factor scores ( |
r.scores |
The |
score_cor |
The |
determinacy |
A data frame with, per factor, the determinacy |
settings |
A list of the settings used, including the number of supplied
observations |
Source
Thurstone, L. L. (1935). The vectors of mind. University of Chicago Press.
Bartlett, M. S. (1937). The statistical conception of mental factors. British Journal of Psychology, 28, 97-104.
Anderson, T. W., & Rubin, H. (1956). Statistical inference in factor analysis. In Proceedings of the Third Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability (Vol. 5, pp. 111-150). University of California Press.
Guttman, L. (1955). The determinacy of factor score matrices with implications for five other basic problems of common-factor theory. British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 8, 65-81.
ten Berge, J. M. F., Krijnen, W. P., Wansbeek, T., & Shapiro, A. (1999). Some new results on correlation-preserving factor scores prediction methods. Linear Algebra and its Applications, 289, 311-318.
Grice, J. W. (2001). Computing and evaluating factor scores. Psychological Methods, 6, 430-450.
See Also
efa_fit() for the solution these are computed from.
Other factor scoring:
print.efa_scores()
Examples
# Weights and score diagnostics from an EFA on a correlation matrix
efa <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "oblimin")
fs <- efa_scores(test_models$baseline$cormat, f = efa)
fs
summary(fs)
# Factor scores from raw data (Bartlett method)
efa_raw <- efa_fit(GRiPS_raw, n_factors = 1, estimator = "PAF")
efa_scores(GRiPS_raw, f = efa_raw, method = "Bartlett")
# Loadings supplied directly, with the factor intercorrelations
efa_scores(test_models$baseline$cormat, f = efa$rot_loadings, Phi = efa$Phi)
Scree plot
Description
The scree plot was originally introduced by Cattell (1966) to perform the scree test. In a scree plot, the eigenvalues of the factors / components are plotted against the index of the factors / components, ordered from 1 to N factors components, hence from largest to smallest eigenvalue. According to the scree test, the number of factors / components to retain is the number of factors / components to the left of the "elbow" (where the curve starts to level off) in the scree plot.
Usage
efa_scree(
x,
eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC", "EFA"),
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
n_factors = 1,
estimate_control = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
eigen_type |
character. On what the eigenvalues should be found. Can be
either "PCA", "SMC", or "EFA", or some combination of them. If using "PCA",
the diagonal values of the correlation matrices are left to be 1. If using
"SMC", the diagonal of the
correlation matrices is replaced by the squared multiple correlations (SMCs)
of the indicators. If using "EFA", eigenvalues are found on the correlation
matrices with the final communalities of an exploratory factor analysis
solution (default is principal axis factoring extracting 1 factor) as
diagonal. Default is |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. Correlation computed from raw data: |
n_factors |
numeric. Number of factors to extract if "EFA" is included in
|
estimate_control |
an |
... |
Additional arguments passed to |
Details
As the scree test requires visual examination, the test has been especially criticized for its subjectivity and with this low inter-rater reliability. Moreover, a scree plot can be ambiguous if there are either no clear "elbow" or multiple "elbows", making it difficult to judge just where the eigenvalues do level off. Finally, the scree test has also been found to be less accurate than other factor retention criteria. For all these reasons, the scree test has been recommended against, at least for exclusive use as a factor retention criterion (Zwick & Velicer, 1986)
The efa_scree function can also be called together with other factor
retention criteria in the efa_retain() function.
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() and
plot.efa_retention() for the print and plot methods). The scree plot is a
visual criterion, so it returns no numeric suggestion. Its main fields are:
results |
A list with one record per requested eigenvalue type, each holding the eigenvalues used for the scree plot. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Cattell, R. B. (1966). The scree test for the number of factors. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 1(2), 245–276. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327906mbr0102_10
Zwick, W. R., & Velicer, W. F. (1986). Comparison of five rules for determining the number of components to retain. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 432–442. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.99.3.432
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_smt()
Examples
efa_scree(test_models$baseline$cormat, eigen_type = c("PCA", "SMC"))
Screen data for exploratory factor analysis
Description
Checks whether your data are suitable for exploratory factor analysis (EFA). From a correlation matrix or raw data, it reports the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin (KMO) measure of sampling adequacy, Bartlett's test of sphericity, the determinant and condition number of the correlation matrix, and each variable's squared multiple correlation (SMC). When you supply raw data, it also reports each variable's variance and percentage of missing values, category counts for categorical variables, tests of multivariate normality, and multivariate outliers.
Usage
efa_screen(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
mcd_alpha = 0.5,
outlier_cutoff = 0.975,
seed = NULL
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Raw data, or a correlation matrix. Needs at least three variables, none of which is a perfect linear combination of the others. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Set this only when you supply a
correlation matrix; it is needed for Bartlett's test of sphericity and is taken from
the data automatically when you supply raw data. Default is |
use |
character. How to handle missing values in raw data. For
|
cor_method |
character. How to compute correlations from raw data: |
mcd_alpha |
numeric. The proportion of cases used to build the robust outlier
estimate, between 0.5 and 1. The default, |
outlier_cutoff |
numeric. The probability used to set the cutoff for flagging a
multivariate outlier, between 0.5 and 0.9999. Default is |
seed |
integer. A seed for the random subsets used by the outlier detection, so
the result is reproducible. Does not affect your random-number generator elsewhere.
Default is |
Details
The diagnostics are computed from the analysis correlation matrix R:
- KMO
The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin measure of sampling adequacy (Kaiser, 1970; Kaiser & Rice, 1974), overall and for each variable; see
efa_kmo(). It shows how much common variance your variables share. Higher values are better; a common rule of thumb treats values below .50 as unacceptable.- Bartlett
Bartlett's (1951) test of sphericity: the likelihood-ratio test of whether the correlation matrix is an identity matrix, i.e., whether your variables correlate with each other at all; see
efa_bartlett(). A significant result supports doing a factor analysis. The test needs the sample sizeN; without it, this diagnostic is skipped with a warning and$bartlettisNULL. IfNis too small relative to the number of variables, the statistic isNA, also with a warning.- Determinant
The determinant of
R, reported as a number only. It falls as you add variables even when the variables are not collinear, so a fixed cut-off on it (such as the 0.00001 often quoted from Field, 2018) says more about how many variables you have than about your data. Use the condition number instead.- Condition number
The ratio of the largest to the smallest eigenvalue of
R. Its square root, the condition index, is the collinearity diagnostic of Belsley, Kuh & Welsch (1980); it drives the printed report and its recommendation. An index of 10 or less is rarely of interest. An index above 30 flags a near linear dependency: two or more variables that together carry much the same information. An index between the two is not negligible, but it stays below the value that flags a dependency. Belsley (1991) gives 30 as one example value and calls the choice of a cut-off "somewhat of an art form", so the report grades an index above 30 by its position on the scale 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000: moderate (30 to 100), strong (100 to 300), or very strong (above 300). These values come from regression diagnostics on data that are not centred, but a correlation matrix is centred, so use them as a guide and not as a test.- SMC
The squared multiple correlation of each variable with all the others. A low value flags a variable that has little in common with the rest of your set.
- Variance and missing data
For raw data: each variable's variance (over its available values) and percentage of missing values, computed from every row you supplied. These missing-value percentages explain why the correlation matrix's sample size (
N) can be smaller than the number of rows in your data. Ordered-factor columns are recoded to integer levels first, sovariancereflects those codes.- Categories
For raw data: for each variable with fewer than ten distinct values (treated as categorical), the count of responses in each category. A category with fewer than five responses is flagged as sparse, and an unused category between the smallest and largest response is flagged as empty. As a rule of thumb, items with fewer than five response categories are better analysed with
cor_method = "poly"or"tetra"than with Pearson correlations (Rhemtulla et al., 2012).- Multivariate normality
For raw data, using only complete cases: two tests of multivariate normality, Mardia's (1970) test of skewness and kurtosis and the Henze-Zirkler (1990) test. A small p-value on either test suggests your data depart from a multivariate normal distribution, a reason to prefer a robust or ordinal method over normal-theory maximum likelihood. In a very small sample the kurtosis statistic is
NA. The Henze-Zirkler p-value is not available with more than about 50 to 60 variables; its test statistic is still reported.- Outliers
For raw data, using only complete cases: multivariate outliers, found from a robust estimate of each case's distance from the centre of your data (the minimum covariance determinant method; Rousseeuw & Van Driessen, 1999). A flagged case is unusually far from the rest of your sample. When there are too few complete cases, the variables are too collinear, or too many cases share identical answers, a plain (non-robust) distance is used instead, with a warning explaining why.
Value
An object of class efa_screen, a list containing:
kmo |
A list with the overall KMO ( |
bartlett |
A list with Bartlett's chi-square statistic ( |
determinant |
The determinant of the correlation matrix. |
condition |
The condition number of the correlation matrix (largest eigenvalue over smallest). |
smc |
The per-variable squared multiple correlations. |
per_item |
A data frame with one row per variable (row names are the variable
names): |
normality |
A list with |
outliers |
A list with |
categories |
A named list with the response-category counts for each categorical
variable (in category order); |
note |
Explains why the raw-data diagnostics ( |
settings |
The settings used: |
Source
Bartlett, M. S. (1951). The effect of standardization on a Chi-square approximation in factor analysis. Biometrika, 38, 337-344.
Belsley, D. A. (1991). A guide to using the collinearity diagnostics. Computer Science in Economics and Management, 4, 33-50.
Belsley, D. A., Kuh, E. & Welsch, R. E. (1980). Regression diagnostics: Identifying influential data and sources of collinearity. Wiley.
Cochran, W. G. (1954). Some methods for strengthening the common
\chi^2 tests. Biometrics, 10, 417-451.
Croux, C. & Haesbroeck, G. (1999). Influence function and efficiency of the minimum covariance determinant scatter matrix estimator. Journal of Multivariate Analysis, 71, 161-190.
Field, A. (2018). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (5th ed.). Sage.
Henze, N. & Zirkler, B. (1990). A class of invariant consistent tests for multivariate normality. Communications in Statistics - Theory and Methods, 19, 3595-3617.
Kaiser, H. F. (1970). A second generation little jiffy. Psychometrika, 35, 401-415.
Kaiser, H. F. & Rice, J. (1974). Little jiffy, mark IV. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 34, 111-117.
Mardia, K. V. (1970). Measures of multivariate skewness and kurtosis with applications. Biometrika, 57, 519-530.
Mardia, K. V. (1974). Applications of some measures of multivariate skewness and kurtosis in testing normality and robustness studies. Sankhya B, 36, 115-128.
Pison, G., Van Aelst, S. & Willems, G. (2002). Small sample corrections for LTS and MCD. Metrika, 55, 111-123.
Rhemtulla, M., Brosseau-Liard, P. E. & Savalei, V. (2012). When can categorical variables be treated as continuous? A comparison of robust continuous and categorical SEM estimation methods under suboptimal conditions. Psychological Methods, 17, 354-373.
Rousseeuw, P. J. & Van Driessen, K. (1999). A fast algorithm for the minimum covariance determinant estimator. Technometrics, 41, 212-223.
See Also
efa_kmo() and efa_bartlett() for the individual suitability measures, and
efa_retain() for factor retention criteria.
Other factor analysis suitability:
efa_bartlett(),
efa_kmo(),
print.efa_screen()
Examples
# From a correlation matrix (supply N for Bartlett's test of sphericity)
efa_screen(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
# From raw data (N is taken from the data; the seed makes the outlier
# diagnostics reproducible)
efa_screen(GRiPS_raw, seed = 1)
Simulate data from a common-factor population model
Description
Draws data from a population correlation matrix, given either directly or
built from a factor model. The population correlation is either supplied in
R, or assembled from a loading matrix Lambda, the factor intercorrelations
Phi, and the unique variances Psi as
R = Lambda\, Phi\, Lambda' + Psi, standardized to a correlation matrix.
marginals chooses the marginal distribution of the drawn cases, categories
discretizes them into ordered categories, missing imposes a missing-data mechanism,
and a misfit target perturbs the population with model error; see Details.
Usage
efa_simulate(
N = NULL,
Lambda = NULL,
Phi = NULL,
Psi = NULL,
R = NULL,
model_error = c("CB", "TKL", "WB", "none"),
target_rmsea = NULL,
target_cfi = NULL,
marginals = c("normal", "empirical", "VM", "IG"),
marginal_data = NULL,
n_factors = NULL,
skewness = NULL,
kurtosis = NULL,
force_pd = FALSE,
categories = NULL,
match = NULL,
missing = c("none", "MCAR", "MAR", "MNAR"),
missing_prop = NULL,
missing_strength = NULL,
missing_predictor = NULL,
missing_vars = NULL,
n_datasets = 1L,
seed = NULL,
return_pop = FALSE
)
Arguments
N |
numeric. Number of cases (rows) to draw per dataset. Required unless
|
Lambda |
matrix. A |
Phi |
matrix. The |
Psi |
numeric vector or matrix. The unique variances: either a length- |
R |
matrix. A |
model_error |
character. The method used to perturb the population so the factor model
fits it imperfectly ("model error"): one of |
target_rmsea |
numeric. The population RMSEA the factor model should have relative to
the perturbed population, a single number strictly in |
target_cfi |
numeric. Only used with |
marginals |
character. The marginal distribution of the drawn data: one
of |
marginal_data |
matrix or data frame. Only used with
|
n_factors |
numeric. Only used with |
skewness |
numeric. Only used with |
kurtosis |
numeric. Only used with |
force_pd |
logical. Used with |
categories |
numeric or list. Requests ordinal output by discretizing each
variable into ordered categories. Either a count of equally probable categories
(a single value applied to every variable or a length- |
match |
character. Only used with |
missing |
character. An optional missing-data mechanism to impose on the drawn
data: one of |
missing_prop |
numeric. Only used when |
missing_strength |
numeric. Only used with |
missing_predictor |
integer or character. Only used with |
missing_vars |
integer or character. Only used when |
n_datasets |
numeric. The number of datasets to draw. Default is 1. With more than one, a list of datasets is returned. |
seed |
numeric. Optional seed for reproducible draws. When supplied, the
caller's random-number stream is saved and restored, so the call leaves the
global RNG state unchanged. Default is |
return_pop |
logical. If |
Details
Provide the population either as a ready correlation matrix in R, or through
the model components Lambda, Phi, and Psi; the two ways are mutually
exclusive. When the model components are used, Phi defaults to the identity
matrix (orthogonal factors) and Psi defaults to the unique variances that
make the population a correlation matrix (1 - \mathrm{diag}(Lambda\, Phi\,
Lambda')); the assembled covariance is standardized with
stats::cov2cor() so a non-standardized Psi still yields a correlation
matrix. With the default Psi, a factor model whose implied communalities
exceed 1 (a Heywood case) leaves no unique variance and is rejected; a Psi
you supply is instead only required to give positive variances and a
positive-semidefinite (a mathematically valid, internally consistent
correlation/covariance structure) population. Cases with normal marginals (the
default) are drawn through a matrix square root of the population correlation –
a Cholesky factor, or a symmetric eigen square root when it is singular (e.g. a
communality of exactly 1).
With marginals = "empirical", the iterative rank-matching algorithm of Ruscio
and Kaczetow (2008) reproduces the population correlation while each variable
takes the empirical marginal distribution of the matching column of
marginal_data (resampled with replacement). Only the marginals of
marginal_data are used; its own correlations are ignored, and the drawn columns
follow the population's variables, not those of marginal_data.
With marginals = "VM" (Vale-Maurelli, 1983) or "IG" (the independent-generator
method; Foldnes & Olsson, 2016), the cases reproduce the population correlation
while carrying non-normal marginals with the target skewness and (excess)
kurtosis. The Vale-Maurelli family does not span every valid non-normal
distribution (Foldnes & Grønneberg, 2015); "IG" covers distributions "VM"
cannot. Not every (skewness, kurtosis) pair is attainable – every distribution
needs excess kurtosis of at least skewness^2 - 2, and either method covers a smaller
region still – so an unreachable request is rejected, as is a "VM" intermediate
correlation matrix that is not positive definite unless force_pd allows it.
With categories, the drawn data are discretized into ordered categories (an integer
code 1 to K) at the thresholds that reproduce the requested category proportions
(Olsson, 1979): the standard-normal quantiles for marginals = "normal", and for
marginals = "VM" those quantiles mapped through the same Fleishman (1978) cubic the
draw uses, so the requested proportions are reproduced on the non-normal scale too. Under
marginals = "IG" the thresholds stay on the standard-normal scale while the data do
not, so the achieved proportions depart from the request systematically rather than by
sampling noise, and only the number of categories is guaranteed; the same holds for a
"VM" variable whose Fleishman cubic is not increasing over its own thresholds and the
tails beyond them, which keeps the normal-scale thresholds and is reported with a
warning. This is more likely with strong skewness/kurtosis or very unequal category
proportions; the warning names the affected variable.
Because categorization attenuates product-moment correlations, the categorized
data's Pearson correlation is smaller in magnitude than the population correlation;
under non-normal marginals its polychoric correlation departs from the population as
well. Ordinal output is not available with marginals = "empirical". Empty categories
left by a draw are reported with a warning, as they destabilize the polychoric
correlation and the factor analysis.
With missing, missing values are introduced into the drawn data under a chosen
mechanism (Rubin, 1976), each variable holed at a target expected rate
missing_prop. "MCAR" draws an independent mask, so missingness is unrelated to
the data. "MAR" and "MNAR" set each case's missing probability by a logistic
model of a standardized predictor: another variable for "MAR" (chosen by
missing_predictor) or the variable's own value for "MNAR", with slope
missing_strength. The mechanism acts on the drawn (latent) values, so when
categories also discretizes the data the missingness is keyed on the underlying
value, not the category code. For "MAR" the predictor is evaluated on the complete
drawn values, so whether the mechanism is ignorably MAR depends on which variables
carry missing values. By default every variable is holed, which leaves a variable's MAR
predictor itself missing for roughly a missing_prop fraction of the cases whose
missingness it drove. This breaks ignorability: the mechanism is then MAR conditional
on the complete data but not ignorable for an analyst who sees only the observed
data. As a result, estimators that are consistent under ignorable MAR – cor_method = "fiml" in efa_fit(), or the multiple imputation behind efa_mi() – keep a residual
bias that grows with missing_prop and missing_strength. Restricting the holed
variables with missing_vars and pointing
missing_predictor at variables outside that set makes every predictor fully observed,
which is ignorably MAR and recovers the unbiasedness those estimators are advertised
with. The returned matrix carries the NAs, which the correlation estimators handle
downstream.
With model_error, the population is perturbed away from the exact factor
structure so the q-factor model (q = ncol(Lambda)) fits it only approximately,
at a prescribed misfit; exact factor structures are unrealistic (see
target_rmsea). The perturbation is applied once to
the population, and the achieved misfit of the specified generating model is computed
with the same fit-index formulas efa_fit() uses and returned in the model_error
element. It needs a factor-model population with residual degrees of freedom and an
exact factor structure (a diagonal Psi), and is orthogonal to the marginal, ordinal,
and missing-data options. Three methods are available. "CB" (Cudeck & Browne,
1992) matches the target RMSEA to numerical precision and keeps the q-factor
model the exact minimizer (the CFI follows as a derived quantity). "TKL" (Tucker,
Koopman & Linn, 1969) adds minor common factors tuned so the achieved RMSEA – and,
optionally, CFI – match the target(s); with a single target the match is close, with
both it is a compromise, reported with a warning when the two cannot be reconciled.
"WB" (Wu & Browne, 2015) draws the population from
an inverse-Wishart distribution around the model-implied correlation; its calibration
applies to the best-fitting model, so the reported misfit of the generating model
is systematically larger than the target – about 1.4 times for a typical 12-variable,
3-factor model. Use "CB" when the reported RMSEA must equal the target.
Replicated draws (n_datasets > 1) are generated in parallel across
replicates with future.apply; a parallel plan can be selected with
future::plan() (the default plan runs sequentially). Each replicate is
assigned its own reproducible random-number stream, so with a fixed seed the
output is identical regardless of the number of workers.
Value
An object of class efa_simulated, a list containing:
data |
The simulated data: an |
population |
The |
model_error |
|
settings |
The call's key arguments ( |
Printing the object shows a compact summary.
References
Cudeck, R., & Browne, M. W. (1992). Constructing a covariance matrix that yields a specified minimizer and a specified minimum discrepancy function value. Psychometrika, 57(3), 357-369. doi:10.1007/BF02295424
Fleishman, A. I. (1978). A method for simulating non-normal distributions. Psychometrika, 43(4), 521-532. doi:10.1007/BF02293811
Foldnes, N., & Grønneberg, S. (2015). How general is the Vale-Maurelli simulation approach? Psychometrika, 80(4), 1066-1083. doi:10.1007/s11336-014-9414-0
Foldnes, N., & Olsson, U. H. (2016). A simple simulation technique for nonnormal data with prespecified skewness, kurtosis, and covariance matrix. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 51(2-3), 207-219. doi:10.1080/00273171.2015.1133274
MacCallum, R. C. (2003). 2001 Presidential Address: Working with imperfect models. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 38(1), 113-139. doi:10.1207/S15327906MBR3801_5
Olsson, U. (1979). Maximum likelihood estimation of the polychoric correlation coefficient. Psychometrika, 44(4), 443-460. doi:10.1007/BF02296207
Rubin, D. B. (1976). Inference and missing data. Biometrika, 63(3), 581-592. doi:10.1093/biomet/63.3.581
Ruscio, J., & Kaczetow, W. (2008). Simulating multivariate nonnormal data using an iterative algorithm. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 43(3), 355-381. doi:10.1080/00273170802285693
Tucker, L. R., Koopman, R. F., & Linn, R. L. (1969). Evaluation of factor analytic research procedures by means of simulated correlation matrices. Psychometrika, 34(4), 421-459. doi:10.1007/BF02290601
Vale, C. D., & Maurelli, V. A. (1983). Simulating multivariate nonnormal distributions. Psychometrika, 48(3), 465-471. doi:10.1007/BF02293687
Wu, H., & Browne, M. W. (2015). Quantifying adventitious error in a covariance structure as a random effect. Psychometrika, 80(3), 571-600. doi:10.1007/s11336-015-9451-3
See Also
efa_power(), whose simulation mode draws its replicate data sets with this
function, and efa_fit() for analysing the simulated data.
Other data simulation:
print.efa_simulated()
Examples
# Build a population from a shipped loading pattern and factor correlations
Lambda <- population_models$loadings$baseline
Phi <- population_models$phis_3$moderate
# Draw one normal dataset of 500 cases (the data live in $data)
sim <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, seed = 42)
dim(sim$data)
# Return only the population correlation matrix
R_pop <- efa_simulate(Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, return_pop = TRUE)$population
# Draw several datasets at once from a supplied correlation matrix
sims <- efa_simulate(N = 500, R = R_pop, n_datasets = 3, seed = 42)
length(sims$data)
# Reproduce the population correlation but with skewed, empirical marginals
# (here from a chi-squared source with one column per variable)
src <- matrix(rchisq(200 * nrow(Lambda), df = 3), ncol = nrow(Lambda))
dat_emp <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi,
marginals = "empirical", marginal_data = src, seed = 42)
# Draw skewed, leptokurtic data with the Vale-Maurelli method
dat_vm <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, marginals = "VM",
skewness = 1.5, kurtosis = 4, seed = 42)
# Draw five-category ordinal data whose polychoric correlation matches R
dat_ord <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi,
categories = 5, match = "polychoric", seed = 42)
# Draw data with 15% missing at random, driven by a neighbouring item
dat_mar <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, missing = "MAR",
missing_prop = 0.15, seed = 42)
colMeans(is.na(dat_mar$data))
# An ignorably MAR design: only the first nine items are holed, each driven by one of
# the last nine, which stay complete
dat_ign <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, missing = "MAR",
missing_prop = 0.15, missing_vars = 1:9,
missing_predictor = 10:18, seed = 42)
colMeans(is.na(dat_ign$data))
# Add realistic model error: a population the model fits with RMSEA of about .05
# (Cudeck-Browne, the default method; the achieved fit is reported)
sim_me <- efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi,
target_rmsea = 0.05, seed = 42)
sim_me$model_error$rmsea
Sequential chi square model tests, RMSEA lower bound, and AIC
Description
Sequential chi square model tests (SMT) are a factor retention method where multiple EFAs with increasing numbers of factors are fitted and the number of factors for which the Chi Square value first becomes non-significant is taken as the suggested number of factors. Preacher, Zhang, Kim, & Mels (2013) suggested a similar approach with the lower bound of the 90% confidence interval of the Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA; Browne & Cudeck, 1992; Steiger & Lind, 1980), and with the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC). For the RMSEA, the number of factors for which this lower bound first falls below .05 is the suggested number of factors to retain. For the AIC, it is the number of factors where the AIC is lowest.
Usage
efa_smt(
x,
N = NA,
use = c("pairwise.complete.obs", "all.obs", "complete.obs", "everything",
"na.or.complete"),
cor_method = c("pearson", "spearman", "kendall", "poly", "tetra"),
estimate_control = NULL
)
Arguments
x |
data.frame or matrix. Dataframe or matrix of raw data or matrix with correlations. |
N |
numeric. The number of observations. Needs only be specified if a correlation matrix is used. Must be larger than the number of variables. |
use |
character. Passed to |
cor_method |
character. One of |
estimate_control |
an |
Details
As a first step in the procedure, a maximum number of factors to extract is determined for which the model is still over-identified (df > 0).
Then, EFAs with increasing numbers of factors from 1 to the maximum number are fitted with maximum likelihood estimation.
For the SMT, first the significance of the chi square value for a model with 0 factors is determined. If this value is not significant, 0 factors are suggested to retain. If it is significant, a model with 1 factor is estimated and the significance of its chi square value is determined, and so on, until a non-significant result is obtained. The suggested number of factors is the number of factors for the model where the chi square value first becomes non-significant.
Regarding the RMSEA, the suggested number of factors is the number of factors for the model where the lower bound of the 90% confidence interval of the RMSEA first falls below the .05 threshold.
Regarding the AIC, the suggested number of factors is the number of factors for the model with the lowest AIC.
The sequential models are fitted without inequality constraints, so a solution can be inadmissible (a Heywood case, or a fit that did not converge). Only the models the three rules actually select are checked for this; if one of them is inadmissible a warning is raised and the corresponding suggestion should be interpreted with caution.
In comparison with other prominent factor retention criteria, SMT performed well at determining the number of factors to extract in EFA (Auerswald & Moshagen, 2019). The RMSEA lower bound also performed well at determining the true number of factors, while the AIC performed well at determining the most generalizable model (Preacher, Zhang, Kim, & Mels, 2013).
Value
An object of class efa_retention (see print.efa_retention() for
the print method). SMT has no plot; plot.efa_retention() returns NULL
with a message for it. Its main fields are:
n_factors |
A named numeric vector ( |
results |
A list with one record per criterion, each holding the criterion values for the null model (zero factors) through the maximum number of factors. |
settings |
A list of the settings used. |
Source
Auerswald, M., & Moshagen, M. (2019). How to determine the number of factors to retain in exploratory factor analysis: A comparison of extraction methods under realistic conditions. Psychological Methods, 24(4), 468–491. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000200
Browne, M.W., & Cudeck, R. (1992). Alternative ways of assessing model fit. Sociological Methods and Research, 21, 230–258.
Preacher, K. J., Zhang G., Kim, C., & Mels, G. (2013). Choosing the Optimal Number of Factors in Exploratory Factor Analysis: A Model Selection Perspective, Multivariate Behavioral Research, 48(1), 28-56, doi:10.1080/00273171.2012.710386
Steiger, J. H., & Lind, J. C. (1980, May). Statistically based tests for the number of common factors. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Psychometric Society, Iowa City, IA.
See Also
efa_retain() as a wrapper function for this and the other factor
retention criteria.
Other factor retention criteria:
efa_cd(),
efa_ekc(),
efa_hull(),
efa_kgc(),
efa_map(),
efa_nest(),
efa_parallel(),
efa_retain(),
efa_scree()
Examples
SMT_base <- efa_smt(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
SMT_base
Control objects for estimation and rotation settings
Description
estimate_control() and rotate_control() collect the estimation and rotation
tuning arguments of a factor analysis into two small, validated objects. They
are a declarative surface over the same settings resolved internally by the
package's estimation and rotation engines, so that a fit's many tuning knobs can
be prepared, inspected, and reused as a single value instead of being passed one
by one.
Usage
estimate_control(
type = c("EFAtools", "psych", "SPSS", "none"),
init_comm = NA,
criterion = NA,
criterion_type = NA,
max_iter = NA,
abs_eigen = NA,
start_method = "psych",
fiml_max_iter = 500,
fiml_tol = 1e-05
)
rotate_control(
type = c("EFAtools", "psych", "SPSS", "none"),
normalize = TRUE,
precision = 1e-05,
order_type = NA,
varimax_type = NA,
p_type = NA,
k = NA,
random_starts = 100,
...
)
Arguments
type |
character. One of |
init_comm |
character. Method for the initial communalities in principal
axis factoring: |
criterion |
numeric. The convergence criterion for principal axis
factoring: iteration stops once the change in communalities falls below it. A
single number greater than 0 and smaller than 1; |
criterion_type |
character. The convergence criterion type for principal
axis factoring: |
max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of principal-axis-factoring
iterations before the procedure is halted with a warning. A single whole
number of at least 1; |
abs_eigen |
logical. Which algorithm the principal-axis-factoring
iterations use: |
start_method |
character. Starting values for the maximum-likelihood
optimiser: |
fiml_max_iter |
numeric. The maximum number of EM iterations used to estimate the
two-stage full-information maximum-likelihood moments from raw data with missing
values ( |
fiml_tol |
numeric. The convergence tolerance of that EM: iteration stops once the
largest change in the standardized moments (the standardized means, log-variances, and
correlations) falls below it, so it does not depend on the variables' measurement
scale. A single number greater than 0 and smaller than 1 (at or above 1 the criterion is
met immediately and the starting moments would be returned as converged); default |
normalize |
logical. If |
precision |
numeric. The convergence tolerance of the rotation procedure. A
single number greater than 0 and at most 1; default |
order_type |
character. How the factors are ordered: |
varimax_type |
character. The varimax variant used (for the varimax and
promax rotations): |
p_type |
character. How the promax target matrix is computed: |
k |
numeric. The promax power (for the target matrix) or the number of
near-zero loadings for simplimax. A single number greater than 0; |
random_starts |
numeric. The number of random starts used by the
criterion-based rotations to guard against local minima. A single whole number
of at least 0, where |
... |
Additional arguments forwarded to the rotation engine. Only the names
a rotation engine can consume are accepted: |
Details
Each argument that governs a type preset defaults to NA, meaning "leave this
knob to the preset". Setting type to one of "EFAtools", "psych", or
"SPSS" fills those knobs from the corresponding preset when the fit is run;
setting type = "none" requires the relevant knobs to be supplied explicitly.
The control object only records the chosen type and the knobs you set: the
preset is resolved (and any "argument set alongside type" warning issued) when
the object is used to fit a model, exactly as it is today, because which preset
applies depends on the estimator and rotation.
Value
estimate_control() returns a list of class efa_estimate_control with
the components type, init_comm, criterion, criterion_type, max_iter,
abs_eigen, start_method, fiml_max_iter, and fiml_tol.
rotate_control() returns a list of class
efa_rotate_control with the components type, normalize, precision,
order_type, varimax_type, p_type, k, random_starts, and extra_args
(a named list of any additional arguments forwarded to the rotation engine).
See Also
efa_fit(), which takes both controls; efa_retain(), the retention
criteria, and efa_schmid_leiman(), which take an estimate_control for the
fits they run.
Other Control functions:
print.efa_control
Examples
# Estimation knobs taken entirely from a preset:
estimate_control(type = "SPSS")
# A preset with one knob pinned to a non-preset value:
estimate_control(type = "EFAtools", max_iter = 500)
# Every knob supplied explicitly (type = "none"):
estimate_control(type = "none", init_comm = "smc", criterion = 1e-3,
criterion_type = "sum", max_iter = 300, abs_eigen = TRUE)
# Rotation knobs taken from a preset:
rotate_control(type = "psych")
# A criterion-specific extra argument, forwarded to the rotation engine:
rotate_control(type = "EFAtools", k = 3, gam = 0.5)
Format method for efa_retain objects
Description
Format method for efa_retain objects
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retain'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retain, returned by |
... |
not used. |
Value
A character vector with the report lines (styled to the active console theme; plain when colours are disabled).
Examples
nf <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC", "SMT"),
N = 500)
writeLines(format(nf))
Format method for efa_retention objects
Description
Format method for efa_retention objects
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retention'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retention, returned by a factor-retention
criterion (e.g. |
... |
not used. |
Value
A character vector with the report lines (styled to the active console theme; plain when colours are disabled).
Examples
writeLines(format(efa_ekc(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)))
Plot efa_average object
Description
Plot method showing a summarized output of the efa_average() function
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_average'
plot(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
list. An output from the |
... |
not used. |
Value
A ggplot object showing, for each indicator and factor, the minimum, maximum, and average (mean or median) loading across the averaged solutions. Each panel carries a point at the average, a bar spanning the minimum to the maximum with a tick at each endpoint, and a grey band marking the loadings that fall below the salience threshold; the caption names the four marks.
Examples
EFA_aver <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500)
plot(EFA_aver)
Plot efa_compare object
Description
Plot method for the efa_compare() function showing the distribution of the
absolute differences between the two compared objects as a violin plot with
jittered points. Differences above the threshold are highlighted.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_compare'
plot(x, plot_red = NULL, ...)
Arguments
x |
list. An object of class |
plot_red |
numeric or |
... |
not used. |
Value
A ggplot object showing the absolute differences, with differences
above plot_red highlighted in red.
Examples
# A type SPSS EFA to mimick the SPSS implementation
EFA_SPSS_5 <- efa_fit(IDS2_R, n_factors = 5,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "SPSS"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "SPSS"))
# A type psych EFA to mimick the psych::fa() implementation
EFA_psych_5 <- efa_fit(IDS2_R, n_factors = 5,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "psych"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "psych"))
# compare the two and plot the differences
comp <- efa_compare(EFA_SPSS_5$unrot_loadings, EFA_psych_5$unrot_loadings,
x_labels = c("SPSS", "psych"))
plot(comp)
Plot a multigroup factor analysis
Description
Two views of an efa_group() result, selected by type:
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_group'
plot(x, type = c("congruence", "differences"), ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
type |
character. Which plot to draw: |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Details
-
"congruence"(the default) plots the matched Tucker congruence of each factor between every group pair, with a percentile bootstrap confidence interval when one was computed (b_boot > 0). The Lorenzo-Seva and ten Berge (2006) reference bands (.95"equal",.85"fair") are drawn so a factor's cross-group similarity can be read against them at a glance. -
"differences"draws a heatmap of the signed cross-group loading differences (item by factor, one panel per group pair). Cells whose absolute difference reaches the salience thresholddeltaare outlined.
Value
A ggplot2::ggplot object.
References
Lorenzo-Seva, U., and ten Berge, J. M. F. (2006). Tucker's congruence coefficient as a meaningful index of factor similarity. Methodology, 2, 57-64. doi: 10.1027/1614-2241.2.2.57
See Also
Other factor analysis:
efa_average(),
efa_fit(),
efa_group(),
efa_mi(),
print.efa_group()
Examples
g <- rep(c("g1", "g2"), length.out = nrow(GRiPS_raw))
mg <- efa_group(GRiPS_raw, groups = g, n_factors = 1)
# Per-factor congruence against the Lorenzo-Seva & ten Berge bands
plot(mg)
# Per-item cross-group loading-difference heatmap
plot(mg, type = "differences")
Plot the RMSEA power curve
Description
Draws the analytic RMSEA power (MacCallum, Browne, & Sugawara, 1996) of an
efa_power() result as a function of the total sample size, mirroring
semTools::plotRMSEApower() but returning a ggplot2::ggplot object rather than
drawing to the active device. The test, its null and alternative RMSEA, the
significance level, and the number of groups are taken from the object; only the
sample-size axis is swept, with an optional sweep of the degrees of freedom or the
alternative RMSEA to overlay several curves.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_power'
plot(x, n = NULL, df = NULL, eps1 = NULL, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
n |
numeric. The total sample sizes to evaluate. If |
df |
numeric. The model degrees of freedom (must be positive). Defaults to the
object's |
eps1 |
numeric. The alternative-hypothesis RMSEA (must differ from the null
|
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Details
When the plotted curve is the object's own – a single curve with neither df nor
eps1 overridden – it is annotated with the object's result: a dashed vertical line
at its sample size x$N, a dashed horizontal line at the reference power (the target
power when a sample size was solved for, otherwise the power achieved at x$N), and a
point at x$N and the achieved power. Overriding df or eps1, sweeping either as a
vector, or supplying an n that does not span x$N moves that point off the drawn
curve, so the marks are then omitted.
Value
A ggplot2::ggplot object.
References
MacCallum, R. C., Browne, M. W., & Sugawara, H. M. (1996). Power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods, 1(2), 130-149. doi:10.1037/1082-989X.1.2.130
See Also
Other power analysis:
efa_power(),
print.efa_power()
Examples
pw <- efa_power(df = 100, N = 200)
# Power curve for the test of close fit, marking the object's own N
plot(pw)
# Overlay several models by sweeping the degrees of freedom
plot(pw, df = c(50, 100, 200))
# Sweep the alternative RMSEA instead
plot(pw, eps1 = c(0.06, 0.08, 0.10))
Plot method for efa_retain objects
Description
Plots every factor-retention criterion in the efa_retain() result that has
a plottable outcome (see plot.efa_retention()). Criteria without a plot
(e.g. efa_map() or efa_smt()) are skipped.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retain'
plot(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retain, returned by |
... |
not used. |
Value
A named list of ggplot2::ggplot objects, one per criterion with a
plottable result, or invisibly NULL if there is none.
Examples
nf <- efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC", "SMT"),
N = 500)
plot(nf)
Plot method for efa_retention objects
Description
Plots the result of a factor-retention criterion. Eigenvalue-based criteria
(e.g. efa_ekc()) are shown as an eigenvalue plot, the Hull method (efa_hull()) as
a convex-hull plot. Criteria with more than one sub-variant are faceted.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retention'
plot(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retention, returned by a factor-retention
criterion (e.g. |
... |
not used. |
Value
A ggplot2::ggplot object, or invisibly NULL if the criterion has
no plottable result.
Examples
plot(efa_ekc(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500))
population_models
Description
Population factor models, some of which (baseline to case_11e) used for the simulation analyses reported in Grieder and Steiner (2022). All combinations of the pattern matrices and the factor intercorrelations were used in the simulations. Many models are based on cases used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
Usage
population_models
Format
A list of 3 lists "loadings", "phis_3", and "phis_6".
loadings contains the following matrices of pattern coefficients:
- baseline
(matrix) - The pattern coefficients of the baseline model. Three factors with six indicators each, all with pattern coefficients of .6. Same baseline model as used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_1a
(matrix) - Three factors with 2 indicators per factor.
- case_1b
(matrix) - Three factors with 3 indicators per factor. Case 5 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_1c
(matrix) - Three factors with 4 indicators per factor.
- case_1d
(matrix) - Three factors with 5 indicators per factor.
- case_2
(matrix) - Same as baseline model but with low pattern coefficients of .3.
- case_3
(matrix) - Same as baseline model but with high pattern coefficients of .9.
- case_4
(matrix) - Three factors with different pattern coefficients between factors (one factor with .9, one with .6, and one with .3, respectively). Case 7 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_5
(matrix) - Three factors with different pattern coefficients within factors (each factor has two pattern coefficients of each .9, .6, and .3). Similar to cases 8/ 9 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_6a
(matrix) - Same as baseline model but with one cross loading of .4. Similar to case 10 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_6b
(matrix) - Same as baseline model but with three cross loading of .4 (One factor with 2 and one with 1 crossloading). Similar to case 10 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_7
(matrix) - Three factors with different number of indicators per factor (2, 4, and 6 respectively). Similar to cases 11/ 12 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_8
(matrix) - Three factors with random variation in pattern coefficients added, drawn from a uniform distribution between [-.2, .2]. Case 13 in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- case_9a
(matrix) - Three factors with 2 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within one of the factors.
- case_9b
(matrix) - Three factors with 3 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients.
- case_9c
(matrix) - Three factors with 4 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients.
- case_9d
(matrix) - Three factors with 5 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients.
- case_10a
(matrix) - Six factors with 2 indicators per factor, all with pattern coefficients of .6.
- case_10b
(matrix) - Six factors with 3 indicators per factor, all with pattern coefficients of .6.
- case_10c
(matrix) - Six factors with 4 indicators per factor, all with pattern coefficients of .6.
- case_10d
(matrix) - Six factors with 5 indicators per factor, all with pattern coefficients of .6.
- case_10e
(matrix) - Six factors with 6 indicators per factor, all with pattern coefficients of .6.
- case_11a
(matrix) - Six factors with 2 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within and between factors (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_11b
(matrix) - Six factors with 3 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within and between factors (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_11c
(matrix) - Six factors with 4 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within and between factors (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_11d
(matrix) - Six factors with 5 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within and between factors (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_11e
(matrix) - Six factors with 6 indicators per factor, with different pattern coefficients within and between factors (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_12a
(matrix) - One factor, with 2 equal pattern coefficients (.6).
- case_12b
(matrix) - One factor, with 3 equal pattern coefficients (.6).
- case_12c
(matrix) - One factor, with 6 equal pattern coefficients (.6).
- case_12d
(matrix) - One factor, with 10 equal pattern coefficients (.6).
- case_12e
(matrix) - One factor, with 15 equal pattern coefficients (.6).
- case_13a
(matrix) - One factor, with 2 different pattern coefficients (.3, and .6).
- case_13b
(matrix) - One factor, with 3 different pattern coefficients (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_13c
(matrix) - One factor, with 6 different pattern coefficients (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_13d
(matrix) - One factor, with 10 different pattern coefficients (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_13e
(matrix) - One factor, with 15 different pattern coefficients (.3, .6, and .9).
- case_14a
(matrix) - No factor, 2 variables (0).
- case_14b
(matrix) - No factor, 3 variables (0).
- case_14c
(matrix) - No factor, 6 variables (0).
- case_14d
(matrix) - No factor, 10 variables (0).
- case_14e
(matrix) - No factor, 15 variables (0).
phis_3 contains the following 3x3 matrices:
- zero
(matrix) - Matrix of factor intercorrelations of 0. Same intercorrelations as used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- moderate
(matrix) - Matrix of moderate factor intercorrelations of .3.
- mixed
(matrix) - Matrix of mixed (.3, .5, and .7) factor intercorrelations.
- strong
(matrix) - Matrix of strong factor intercorrelations of .7. Same intercorrelations as used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
phis_6 contains the following 6x6 matrices:
- zero
(matrix) - Matrix of factor intercorrelations of 0. Same intercorrelations as used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
- moderate
(matrix) - Matrix of moderate factor intercorrelations of .3.
- mixed
(matrix) - Matrix of mixed (around .3, .5, and .7; smoothing was necessary for the matrix to be positive definite) factor intercorrelations.
- strong
(matrix) - Matrix of strong factor intercorrelations of .7. Same intercorrelations as used in de Winter and Dodou (2012).
Source
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x
de Winter, J.C.F., & Dodou, D. (2012). Factor recovery by principal axis factoring and maximum likelihood factor analysis as a function of factor pattern and sample size. Journal of Applied Statistics. 39.
Print and format an OMEGA object
Description
print() shows the omega coefficients computed by OMEGA(): omega total (and,
for multi-factor solutions, omega hierarchical, omega subscale, the H index,
the explained common variance, and the percent of uncontaminated correlations)
for the general factor and the group factors, for a single group or for each
group. format() assembles the same report and returns it as a character
vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active
console theme, so they are plain when colours are disabled (for example when
captured into a file or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'OMEGA'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'OMEGA'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the coefficients are
rounded to (passed to |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
efa_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
sl_mod <- efa_schmid_leiman(efa_mod, estimator = "PAF")
om <- OMEGA(sl_mod, type = "EFAtools",
factor_corres = sl_mod$sl[, c("F1", "F2", "F3")] >= .2)
om
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(om))
Print and summarise an efa object
Description
print() shows a concise overview of an efa_fit() or efa_mi() solution:
a model header, the loading matrix (with the factor intercorrelations for
oblique solutions), the variances accounted for, and the model fit.
summary() returns a summary.efa object whose print method adds the full
diagnostics: model and simple-structure diagnostics, confidence-interval
tables, the structure matrix, multiple-imputation uncertainty (for pooled
objects), and residual diagnostics. format() assembles the same report and
returns it as a character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
The lines follow the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are
disabled (for example when captured into a file or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_mi'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa'
format(
x,
cutoff = 0.3,
digits = 3,
max_name_length = 10,
sort_loadings = c("none", "primary", "clustered"),
show_loading_legend = TRUE,
max_factors_per_block = NULL,
...
)
## S3 method for class 'efa_mi'
format(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa'
summary(
object,
cutoff = 0.3,
digits = 3,
max_name_length = 10,
ci = c("auto", "none", "separate"),
ci_filter = c("salient", "all", "nonzero"),
diagnostics_top_n = 10,
residual_cutoff = 0.1,
residual_top_n = 10,
show_structure = TRUE,
sort_loadings = c("none", "primary", "clustered"),
show_loading_legend = TRUE,
cross_loading_cutoff = cutoff,
min_primary_gap = 0.2,
min_salient_per_factor = 3,
max_factors_per_block = NULL,
show_mi_diagnostics = NULL,
...
)
## S3 method for class 'efa_mi'
summary(object, ...)
## S3 method for class 'summary.efa'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'summary.efa'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x, object |
An object of class |
... |
Further arguments passed to |
cutoff |
numeric. The absolute value at or above which loadings are emphasised in the loading table. Default is .3. |
digits |
numeric. Number of decimal places for the printed tables. Default is 3. |
max_name_length |
numeric. Maximum length of the variable names to
display; longer names are cut from the right, or abbreviated where cutting
would give two variables the same label. Applies to every table that names
variables. |
sort_loadings |
character. Optional row sorting for the loading table.
See |
show_loading_legend |
logical. Whether to print a short legend for the
loading-table styling. Default is |
max_factors_per_block |
numeric or |
ci |
character. Which confidence intervals |
ci_filter |
character. Which loading CIs |
diagnostics_top_n |
numeric. Maximum number of item-level entries
|
residual_cutoff |
numeric. Absolute residual cutoff for the residual
diagnostics in |
residual_top_n |
numeric. Maximum number of residuals |
show_structure |
logical. Whether |
cross_loading_cutoff |
numeric. Cutoff for counting cross-loadings in the
|
min_primary_gap |
numeric. Minimum desired absolute difference between the
largest and second-largest absolute loading of an item, used in the
|
min_salient_per_factor |
numeric. Minimum number of salient indicators per
factor used in the |
show_mi_diagnostics |
logical or |
Details
The methods are shared by single-imputation efa objects and pooled
efa_mi objects. For efa_mi objects the header reports the number
of imputations and the alignment/pooling settings; confidence intervals and a
multiple-imputation uncertainty summary are shown by summary() when the
pooled object carries bootstrap/MI quantities.
In summary(), ci_filter controls which loading intervals are shown:
"salient" reports intervals for loadings whose absolute point estimate is at
least cutoff, "nonzero" reports intervals excluding zero, and "all"
reports every finite interval.
Value
print() and the print method for summary.efa objects return their
argument invisibly. format() returns a character vector with the report
lines. summary() returns an object of class summary.efa.
Examples
mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
mod
# The full diagnostics, CI tables, and residual diagnostics:
summary(mod)
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector, e.g. for a report file:
writeLines(format(mod))
Print and format an efa_average object
Description
print() shows a summarised output of the efa_average() function: the
averaging settings, the error/convergence/Heywood/admissibility rates, the
indicator-to-factor correspondences, the averaged loadings (and, for oblique
solutions, the factor intercorrelations), the variances accounted for, and the
model fit. format() assembles the same report and returns it as a character
vector; by default (plot = FALSE) print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
With plot = TRUE it additionally draws the loading plot, which is the one
thing format() cannot return: the printed lines are the same, but the call
has a side effect beyond them. The lines follow the active console theme, so
they are plain when colours are disabled (for example when captured into a file
or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_average'
print(x, stat = c("average", "range"), plot = FALSE, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_average'
format(x, stat = c("average", "range"), ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
stat |
character. A vector with the statistics to print. Possible inputs are "average", "sd", "range", "min", and "max". Default is "average" and "range". |
plot |
logical. Whether a plot of the average and min- max loadings should
be created. Default is FALSE. If more than 10 factors are extracted, no plot is
created. Only used by |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
EFA_aver <- efa_average(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500)
EFA_aver
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(EFA_aver))
Print and format an efa_bartlett object
Description
print() reports the outcome of efa_bartlett()'s test of sphericity: a verdict
on whether the test was significant (and what that implies for the suitability
of the data for factor analysis), followed by the chi-square statistic, its
degrees of freedom, and the p-value. format() assembles the same report and
returns it as a character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
The lines follow the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are
disabled (for example when captured into a file or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_bartlett'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_bartlett'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
bart <- efa_bartlett(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
bart
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(bart))
Print and format an efa_compare object
Description
print() shows a summarised output of the efa_compare() function: the mean
(with its range), median, and root mean squared distance (RMSE) of the
differences, the number of decimals to which all numbers agree, the minimum
number of decimals provided, and (for matrices) the number of differing
indicator-to-factor correspondences, followed (optionally) by the table of
elementwise differences. format() assembles the same report and returns it
as a character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
The lines follow the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are
disabled (for example when captured into a file or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_compare'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_compare'
format(
x,
digits = NULL,
m_red = NULL,
range_red = NULL,
round_red = NULL,
print_diff = NULL,
...
)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
... |
Passed from |
digits, m_red, range_red, round_red, print_diff |
Display controls, documented
in |
Details
The line reporting the minimum number of decimals provided is shown only when it carries information: two ordinary double matrices carry the full double precision, for which the count is uninformative and the line is omitted.
The summary statistics are absolute differences, so they carry no direction. The
elementwise differences are signed, and the table is headed by the direction of the
subtraction, named with the x_labels recorded by efa_compare() ("x" and "y" by
default): a negative cell means the first solution is the lower of the two there.
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
# A type SPSS EFA to mimick the SPSS implementation
EFA_SPSS_5 <- efa_fit(IDS2_R, n_factors = 5,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "SPSS"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "SPSS"))
# A type psych EFA to mimick the psych::fa() implementation
EFA_psych_5 <- efa_fit(IDS2_R, n_factors = 5,
estimate_control = estimate_control(type = "psych"),
rotate_control = rotate_control(type = "psych"))
# compare the two
comp <- efa_compare(EFA_SPSS_5$unrot_loadings, EFA_psych_5$unrot_loadings,
x_labels = c("SPSS", "psych"))
comp
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(comp))
# the display settings can be changed without recomputing the comparison:
print(comp, digits = 2, print_diff = FALSE)
Print and format a control object
Description
print() shows the chosen type and each tuning knob, with an unset (NA)
preset-driven knob marked as resolved from the type preset. format()
assembles the same report and returns it as a character vector; print() is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active console theme, so they
are plain when colours are disabled.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_estimate_control'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_estimate_control'
format(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_rotate_control'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_rotate_control'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
A control object from |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
See Also
estimate_control(), rotate_control()
Other Control functions:
estimate_control()
Examples
est <- estimate_control(type = "SPSS")
est
writeLines(format(est))
Print and format a multigroup factor analysis
Description
print() turns an efa_group() result into a sectioned report: a header recapping
the groups, the common number of factors, the estimator, the rotation, and the
alignment; a group-pair table of the matched Tucker congruences between the aligned
loadings; a per-pair summary of the cross-group loading differences (with the salient
and, when a bootstrap was run, the confidence-interval flags); and, when
invariance = TRUE, a group-pair by factor grid of the approximate-invariance verdicts.
format() assembles the same report and returns it as a character vector; print() is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active console theme, so they are
plain when colours are disabled (for example when captured into a file or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip()). print() does not draw a plot; use plot.efa_group().
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_group'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_group'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the reported values are rounded to. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a character
vector with the report lines.
See Also
Other factor analysis:
efa_average(),
efa_fit(),
efa_group(),
efa_mi(),
plot.efa_group()
Examples
g <- rep(c("g1", "g2"), length.out = nrow(GRiPS_raw))
mg <- efa_group(GRiPS_raw, groups = g, n_factors = 1)
mg
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(mg))
Print and format an efa_kmo object
Description
print() shows the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin (KMO) criterion computed by efa_kmo(): a
titled section with a verdict on the overall KMO value (and what it implies for
the suitability of the data for factor analysis), the overall value, and the
per-variable KMO values. format() assembles the same report and returns it as
a character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow
the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are disabled (for
example when captured into a file or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_kmo'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_kmo'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
KMO_base <- efa_kmo(test_models$baseline$cormat)
KMO_base
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(KMO_base))
Print a loading matrix
Description
Print a loading matrix
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_loadings'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_loadings'
format(
x,
cutoff = 0.3,
digits = 3,
max_name_length = 10,
h2 = NULL,
color = TRUE,
name_style = c("truncate", "abbreviate", "full"),
max_factor_name_length = NULL,
max_factors_per_block = NULL,
sort_loadings = c("none", "primary", "clustered"),
legend = FALSE,
...
)
Arguments
x |
a loading matrix of class |
... |
additional arguments passed to print or format |
cutoff |
numeric. The value at or above which loadings are emphasized; default is .3. |
digits |
numeric. Passed to |
max_name_length |
numeric. The maximum length of the variable names to
display. Everything beyond this will be cut from the right unless
|
h2 |
numeric. Vector of communalities to print. If named and |
color |
logical. Whether to apply console styling using cli.
Default is |
name_style |
character. How to shorten variable names longer than
|
max_factor_name_length |
numeric or |
max_factors_per_block |
numeric or |
sort_loadings |
character. Optional row sorting. |
legend |
logical. Whether to append a short explanation of the styling.
Default is |
Details
The method prints a loading matrix in a compact, console-oriented table.
Loadings with absolute value greater than or equal to cutoff are emphasized,
smaller loadings are de-emphasized, and Heywood-relevant communality/
uniqueness values are marked when h2 is supplied. Long variable names can
be truncated, abbreviated, or printed in full. If the matrix has many factor
columns, the table is split into column blocks so that the output remains
readable in narrower consoles.
If h2 is named and x has row names, h2 is matched to the row names of
x before any optional row sorting is applied. If x has no row names, a
named h2 vector is used in the supplied order.
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly; it is
cat(format(x, ...), sep = "\n") followed by a blank line for console
spacing. format() returns a character vector with the table lines (styled
to the active console theme; plain when colours are disabled).
Examples
EFAtools_PAF <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
EFAtools_PAF
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(EFAtools_PAF$rot_loadings))
Print and format an efa_power object
Description
print() turns an efa_power() result into a short report, and format()
builds the same report as a character vector (print() is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n")).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_power'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_power'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the reported values are rounded to. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Details
For an RMSEA-mode object, the report has a header naming the test, the null and alternative hypotheses with the significance level and degrees of freedom, the headline result (the power at the sample size, or the required sample size for the target power), and the critical value and noncentrality parameters.
For a simulation-mode object, the report instead has the population and design, the retention hit-rate per criterion, the structure-recovery rate, and the convergence and Heywood-case rate.
The lines follow the active console theme, so they print as plain text when
colours are disabled – for example when captured into a file, or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip().
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
See Also
Other power analysis:
efa_power(),
plot.efa_power()
Examples
pw <- efa_power(df = 100, N = 200)
pw
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(pw))
Print and format a reliability object
Description
print() shows the reliability coefficients for the general factor and the
group factors, for a single group or for each group: the reliability
coefficients (omega total, omega hierarchical, and omega subscale, standardized
Cronbach's alpha, and the H index) and the common-variance indices (the explained
common variance, ECV, and the percent of uncontaminated correlations, PUC).
format() assembles the same report and returns it as a character vector;
print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active console
theme, so they are plain when colours are disabled (for example when captured
into a file or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_reliability'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_reliability'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the coefficients are rounded to. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
See Also
Other reliability coefficients:
efa_reliability(),
efa_schmid_leiman()
Examples
efa_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
rel <- efa_reliability(efa_mod)
rel
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(rel))
Print method for efa_retain objects
Description
Print method for efa_retain objects
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retain'
print(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retain, returned by |
... |
not used. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly; it is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
Examples
efa_retain(test_models$baseline$cormat, criteria = c("EKC", "SMT"), N = 500)
Print method for efa_retention objects
Description
Print method for efa_retention objects
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_retention'
print(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
an object of class efa_retention, returned by a factor-retention
criterion (e.g. |
... |
not used. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly; it is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
Examples
efa_ekc(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
Print and format an efa_schmid_leiman object
Description
print() shows a summarised output of the efa_schmid_leiman() function: a
model header (when the settings are available), the Schmid-Leiman loading
matrix, and the variances accounted for. format() assembles the same report
and returns it as a character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n").
The lines follow the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are
disabled (for example when captured into a file or stripped with
cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_schmid_leiman'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_schmid_leiman'
format(x, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
Examples
EFA_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
sl_mod <- efa_schmid_leiman(EFA_mod, estimator = "PAF")
sl_mod
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(sl_mod))
Print and format an efa_scores object
Description
print() shows a concise overview of an efa_scores() result: a header naming
the method and whether factor scores were computed, and the per-factor
determinacy table (determinacy, squared determinacy, and Guttman index).
summary() returns a summary.efa_scores object whose print method adds the
full factor-weight matrix, the score validity/univocality matrix, and the score
intercorrelations. format() assembles the same report and returns it as a
character vector; print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow
the active console theme, so they are plain when colours are disabled (for
example when captured into a file or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()).
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_scores'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_scores'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_scores'
summary(object, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'summary.efa_scores'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'summary.efa_scores'
format(x, digits = x$opts$digits, ...)
Arguments
x, object |
An object of class |
digits |
numeric. Number of decimal places for the printed tables. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generics. |
Value
print() and the print method for summary.efa_scores objects return
their argument invisibly. format() returns a character vector with the
report lines. summary() returns an object of class summary.efa_scores.
See Also
Other factor scoring:
efa_scores()
Examples
efa <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "oblimin")
fs <- efa_scores(test_models$baseline$cormat, f = efa)
fs
summary(fs)
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(fs))
Print and format an efa_screen object
Description
print() turns the factor-analysis screening diagnostics computed by
efa_screen() into a sectioned report with banded, colour-coded verdicts:
sampling adequacy and sphericity (the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin measure and Bartlett's
test of sphericity), multicollinearity (the determinant and condition number of
the correlation matrix), the per-variable diagnostics, and, when raw data were
supplied, multivariate normality and multivariate outliers. It closes with a
consolidated list of actionable recommendations (for example, which items to
consider dropping, whether to prefer an ordinal or a robust estimator, and a
caveat that keeps an over-powered Bartlett's test from being over-trusted).
format() assembles the same report and returns it as a character vector;
print() is cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active console
theme, so they are plain when colours are disabled (for example when captured
into a file or stripped with cli::ansi_strip()). print() does not draw a
plot.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_screen'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_screen'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the reported values are rounded to. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a
character vector with the report lines.
See Also
Other factor analysis suitability:
efa_bartlett(),
efa_kmo(),
efa_screen()
Examples
# From raw data
efa_screen(iris[, 1:4])
# From a correlation matrix (supply N for Bartlett's test of sphericity)
efa_screen(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)
# format() returns the same lines as a character vector:
writeLines(format(efa_screen(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500)))
Print and format an efa_simulated object
Description
print() shows a compact summary of the data simulated by efa_simulate(): how many
datasets were drawn and their dimensions, the marginal distribution, whether the data were
discretized into ordered categories or given missing values, and – when model error was
injected – the method with the target and achieved RMSEA and CFI. The simulated data
themselves live in the data element and the population correlation matrix in population.
format() returns the same summary as a character vector; print() is
cat(format(x), sep = "\n"). The lines follow the active console theme, so they are plain
when colours are disabled.
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_simulated'
print(x, digits = 3, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_simulated'
format(x, digits = 3, ...)
Arguments
x |
An object of class |
digits |
Integer. The number of decimal places the reported fit values are rounded to. Default is 3. |
... |
Not used; for consistency with the generic. |
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly. format() returns a character vector
with the summary lines.
See Also
Other data simulation:
efa_simulate()
Examples
Lambda <- population_models$loadings$baseline
Phi <- population_models$phis_3$moderate
efa_simulate(N = 500, Lambda = Lambda, Phi = Phi, target_rmsea = 0.05, seed = 42)
Print an efa_sl_loadings object
Description
Print an efa_sl_loadings object
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa_sl_loadings'
print(x, ...)
## S3 method for class 'efa_sl_loadings'
format(
x,
cutoff = 0.2,
digits = 3,
max_name_length = 10,
color = TRUE,
name_style = c("truncate", "abbreviate", "full"),
max_factors_per_block = NULL,
sort_loadings = c("none", "primary", "clustered"),
...
)
Arguments
x |
class efa_sl_loadings matrix. |
... |
additional arguments passed to print or format. |
cutoff |
numeric. The value at or above which loadings are emphasized
(default is .2). The default is lower than the .3 of an ordinary loading
table ( |
digits |
numeric. Passed to |
max_name_length |
numeric. The maximum length of the variable names to
display; see |
color |
logical. Whether to apply console styling using cli.
Default is |
name_style |
character. How to shorten variable names longer than
|
max_factors_per_block |
numeric or |
sort_loadings |
character. Optional row sorting; see
|
Details
Prints a Schmid-Leiman loading matrix (general factor, group factors, and the
communality/uniqueness columns) as a styled, decimal-aligned table. Loadings with
absolute value greater than or equal to cutoff are emphasised, smaller loadings are
de-emphasised, and Heywood-relevant cells (a loading or communality above 1, or a
negative uniqueness) are highlighted. If the matrix has many columns or the console is
narrow, the table is split into stacked column blocks so the output stays readable.
Value
print() returns its argument x invisibly; it is
cat(format(x, ...), sep = "\n") followed by a blank line for console
spacing. format() returns a character vector with the table lines (styled
to the active console theme; plain when colours are disabled).
Examples
EFA_mod <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, N = 500, n_factors = 3,
estimator = "PAF", rotation = "promax")
efa_schmid_leiman(EFA_mod, estimator = "PAF")
Extract residuals from an efa object
Description
Returns the residual correlation matrix of an efa_fit() or efa_mi()
solution. Residuals are a pure extractor here; their diagnostics and a
formatted display are part of summary.efa().
Usage
## S3 method for class 'efa'
residuals(object, type = c("raw", "standardized"), ...)
Arguments
object |
|
type |
character. Which residuals to return. |
... |
Further arguments (currently unused). |
Value
A numeric matrix of residual correlations.
Examples
efa <- efa_fit(test_models$baseline$cormat, n_factors = 3, N = 500)
residuals(efa)
Four test models used in Grieder and Steiner (2022)
Description
Correlation matrices created from simulated data from four of the
population_models cases, each with strong factor intercorrelations.
These are used in Grieder & Steiner (2022) to compare the psych and SPSS
implementations in this package with the actual implementations of the programs.
For details on the cases, see population_models.
Usage
test_models
Format
A list of 4 lists "baseline", "case_1a", "case_6b", and "case_11b", each with the following elements.
- cormat
(matrix) - The correlation matrix of the simulated data.
- n_factors
(numeric) - The true number of factors.
- N
(numeric) - The sample size of the generated data.
Source
Grieder, S., & Steiner, M. D. (2022). Algorithmic jingle jungle: A comparison of implementations of principal axis factoring and promax rotation in R and SPSS. Behavior Research Methods, 54, 54–74. doi: 10.3758/s13428-021-01581-x